Informatica Product Description Schedule

INFORMATICA PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE

(“PDS”)
VERSION 33

FEBRUARY 7, 2020

Note: Informatica Product Description Schedule, Version 33, effective February 7, 2020, applies
to Informatica Pricebook, Version 33, Software SKUs set forth in the applicable Exhibit A
or product order form, subject to the note set forth on the following page.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 1
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

TO ALL INFORMATICA CUSTOMERS AND PROSPECTIVE CUSTOMERS

NOTE ON PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE VERSION APPLICABILITY:

YOUR PURCHASES ARE GOVERNED BY THE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE OR

CLOUD DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF THE APPLICABLE ORDER.
IF THE APPLICABLE EXHIBIT A OR PRODUCT ORDER FORM INCLUDES LEGACY PRODUCT
SKUS AN EARLIER PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE OR CLOUD DESCRIPTION
SCHEDULE MAY APPLY TO THOSE LEGACY PRODUCT TO SUCH PRODUCTS. PRIOR
VERSIONS OF THE PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SCHEDULE AND CLOUD DESCRIPTION
SCHEDULE MAY BE VIEWED AT HTTP://NETWORK.INFORMATICA.COM/.

PLEASE DIRECT ANY QUESTIONS YOU MAY HAVE REGARDING THE TERMS THAT GOVERN
YOUR PARTICULAR PURCHASES TO YOUR INFORMATICA ACCOUNT MANAGER AND THE
INFORMATICA LEGAL DEPARTMENT.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 2
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 9
GENERAL LICENSE TERMS ............................................................................................................ 14
AXON ........................................................................................................................................................ 17
Axon Data Governance................................................................................................................................. 17
B2B DATA EXCHANGE ..................................................................................................................... 17
B2B Data Exchange...................................................................................................................................... 17
B2B Data Exchange Lab License ................................................................................................................. 18
B2B Data Exchange for MDM - Product 360 ................................................................................................ 18
Data Transformation ..................................................................................................................................... 19
Data Transformation Lab License ................................................................................................................. 19
B2B DATA EXCHANGE OPTIONS ................................................................................................ 20
B2B Data Exchange Accelerator Option ....................................................................................................... 20
B2B Data Exchange GDSN Accelerator for MDM - Product 360 .................................................................. 20
B2B Data Format Libraries Option ................................................................................................................ 21
B2B DQ Developer Option ............................................................................................................................ 21
DATA ENGINEERING......................................................................................................................... 22
Data Engineering Dynamic Masking ............................................................................................................. 22
Data Engineering Integration ........................................................................................................................ 22
Data Engineering Persistent Masking ........................................................................................................... 23
Data Engineering Quality .............................................................................................................................. 23
Data Quality for Data Engineering ................................................................................................................ 24
Data Quality for Data Engineering Developer Named User .......................................................................... 26
Data Engineering Streaming ......................................................................................................................... 27
Enterprise Data Catalog................................................................................................................................ 28
Enterprise Data Preparation ......................................................................................................................... 29
Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users................................................................................................... 29
DATA ENGINEERING INTEGRATION OPTIONS ................................................................... 30
Informatica DI Server Add-On....................................................................................................................... 30
Informatica DI Server Add-On Lab License .................................................................................................. 30
Informatica DQ Server Add-On ..................................................................................................................... 31
Informatica DQ Server Add-On Lab License................................................................................................. 31
Tier D Connector........................................................................................................................................... 32
Tier C Connector........................................................................................................................................... 32
Tier B Connector ........................................................................................................................................... 33
DATA ENGINEERING DEVELOPER ............................................................................................. 33
Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User ...................................................................... 33
Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition ........................................................................................... 34
Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User .................................................................................. 35
Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named User .................................................................... 35
Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User........................................................................................ 36
Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User .................................................................................. 37
DI Server Add-On Developer Named User ................................................................................................... 37
DQ Server Add-On Developer Named User ................................................................................................. 38
SUCCESS PACKS................................................................................................................................... 38
Axon Adoption Success Pack ....................................................................................................................... 38
Data Engineering Integration Adoption Success Pack.................................................................................. 39
Enterprise Data Catalog Adoption Success Pack ......................................................................................... 40
Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon Adoption Success Pack ......................................................................... 41
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 3
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Enterprise Data Preparation Adoption Success Pack ................................................................................... 43
DATA AS A SERVICE (DAAS) ADDRESS CONTENT AND WEB SERVICE
SUBSCRIPTIONS ................................................................................................................................. 44
Address Verification - SAP Connector .......................................................................................................... 47
Address Code Lookup Premium Address Cleansing Subscription ............................................................... 47
Austria National Change of Address Verification .......................................................................................... 47
Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription ............................................................................. 48
Demographic Append Homeview ................................................................................................................. 48
Email Verification .......................................................................................................................................... 49
Email Verification with Hygiene Option ......................................................................................................... 49
Geo IP Location ............................................................................................................................................ 49
Geo Coding Option Subscription .................................................................................................................. 50
Germany National Change of Address Verification....................................................................................... 51
Global Phone Number Validation .................................................................................................................. 51
Global Phone Number Validation and Email Verification with Hygiene Bundle ............................................ 51
Informatica Address Verification Cloud Web Service Transactions .............................................................. 52
Mobile ID....................................................................................................................................................... 52
Non-Postal Address Cleansing and Validation Subscriptions ....................................................................... 53
USA National Change of Address Verification .............................................................................................. 53
Online Sales Tax Calculation ........................................................................................................................ 53
Premium Address Cleansing and Validation Subscriptions .......................................................................... 54
Sales and Use Tax Basic .............................................................................................................................. 56
Sales and Use Tax Complete ....................................................................................................................... 56
Single-Line Premium Address Cleansing...................................................................................................... 57
SMS Alerts and Notifications ........................................................................................................................ 57
SMS Long Code Lease 1 .............................................................................................................................. 57
SMS Short Code Program Setup .................................................................................................................. 57
SMS Short Code Lease 1 ............................................................................................................................. 58
Supplementary Data Premium Address Cleansing Subscription .................................................................. 58
Switzerland National Change of Address Verification ................................................................................... 58
Two-Way SMS Alerts and Notifications ........................................................................................................ 59
US Do Not Call List Verification .................................................................................................................... 59
US Number Portability Verification for Global Phone .................................................................................... 59
Data As A Service (DAAS) SOFTWARE .................................................................................... 60
AddressDoctor Software Library ................................................................................................................... 60
AddressDoctor Software Library Lab License ............................................................................................... 60
DATA CENTRIC SECURITY ............................................................................................................. 61
Dynamic Data Masking ................................................................................................................................. 61
Persistent Data Masking ............................................................................................................................... 61
Standard Masking Bundle ............................................................................................................................. 61
DATA CENTRIC SECURITY, SECURE TESTING, AND SECURE
ARCHIVINGINFORMATICA PLATFORM OPTIONS ............................................................. 62
Data Archive for Salesforce Option ............................................................................................................... 62
DSG Data Validation Option ......................................................................................................................... 62
DATA CENTRIC SECURITY, SECURE ARCHIVING, AND SECURE TESTING
OPTIONS ................................................................................................................................................. 63
Data Archive Application Retirement Accelerators ....................................................................................... 63
Application Retirement Solution for Healthcare ............................................................................................ 63
Data Masking Country Pack Mexico ............................................................................................................. 64

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 4
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Discovery Option DSG .................................................................................................................................. 64
DSG Relational Adapters .............................................................................................................................. 64
PowerExchange for Mainframe for DSG Adapters ....................................................................................... 65
DATA REPLICATION ......................................................................................................................... 65
Informatica Fast Clone .................................................................................................................................. 65
DATA REPLICATION OPTIONS .................................................................................................... 65
Fast Clone HDFS Target .............................................................................................................................. 65
Informatica Fast Clone Server Option........................................................................................................... 65
Informatica Fast Clone Streamer Option....................................................................................................... 65
DATA QUALITY ................................................................................................................................... 65
Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition................................................................................................... 66
Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition Lab License .............................................................................. 66
Data Quality for MDM ................................................................................................................................... 67
Data Quality for MDM Lab License ............................................................................................................... 67
Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition .................................................................................................... 68
Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition Lab License................................................................................ 69
DATA QUALITY OPTIONS, PACKS, AND PACKAGES ......................................................... 69
Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package ................................................................................................. 69
Data Quality Universal Record ID Package .................................................................................................. 70
Data Quality for Siebel .................................................................................................................................. 70
Data Quality SDK .......................................................................................................................................... 70
Data Quality SDK Lab License ..................................................................................................................... 70
Data Quality Web Services Option ............................................................................................................... 71
Data Quality Identity Match Option ............................................................................................................... 71
IDQ Accelerator for Australia and New Zealand ........................................................................................... 71
IDQ Accelerator for Brazil ............................................................................................................................. 72
IDQ Accelerator for Financial Services ......................................................................................................... 72
IDQ Accelerator for CCAR/BCBS239 Financial Services ............................................................................. 72
IDQ Accelerator for France ........................................................................................................................... 72
IDQ Accelerator for India .............................................................................................................................. 72
IDQ Accelerator for Italy................................................................................................................................ 72
IDQ Accelerator for Germany ....................................................................................................................... 72
IDQ Accelerator for Oil and Gas ................................................................................................................... 73
IDQ Accelerator for Portugal ......................................................................................................................... 73
IDQ Accelerator for Spain ............................................................................................................................. 73
IDQ Accelerator for United Kingdom ............................................................................................................. 73
IDQ Accelerator for US and Canada ............................................................................................................. 73
DATA QUALITY OPTIONS – INFORMATICA PLATFORM ................................................ 73
Informatica Data Analyst Named User .......................................................................................................... 74
DATA INTEGRATION HUB ............................................................................................................. 74
Data Engineering Integration Hub ................................................................................................................. 74
Data Engineering Integration Hub Lab License ............................................................................................ 75
Data Engineering Integration Hub Connected Application ............................................................................ 75
Data Integration Hub ..................................................................................................................................... 75
Data Integration Hub Lab License ................................................................................................................ 76
Data Integration Hub (DIH) Connected Applications..................................................................................... 76
Data Integration Hub (DIH) Add-on for PowerCenter.................................................................................... 76
Data Integration Hub for MDM ...................................................................................................................... 77
Data Integration Hub for MDM Lab License .................................................................................................. 77
Data Integration Hub (DIH) for Informatica MDM Connected Applications Bundle ....................................... 78
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 5
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

IDENTITY RESOLUTION ................................................................................................................. 78

Informatica Identity Resolution...................................................................................................................... 78
Informatica Identity Resolution Lab License ................................................................................................. 78
SSA-NAME 3 ................................................................................................................................................ 79
SSA-NAME 3 Lab License ............................................................................................................................ 79
IDENTITY RESOLUTION OPTIONS – INFORMATICA PLATFORM .............................. 79
DQIR Country Population ............................................................................................................................. 79
ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION - POWERCENTER ..................................................... 80
PowerCenter Advanced Edition .................................................................................................................... 80
PowerCenter Advanced Edition Lab License ................................................................................................ 81
PowerCenter Premium Edition...................................................................................................................... 81
PowerCenter Premium Edition Lab License ................................................................................................. 82
PowerCenter Standard Edition ..................................................................................................................... 83
PowerCenter Standard Edition Lab License ................................................................................................. 84
PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Software ..................................................................................... 85
PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab License................................................................................ 85
ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION - POWERCENTER OPTIONS, PACKS, AND
PACKAGES ............................................................................................................................................. 86
Data Validation Option .................................................................................................................................. 86
PowerCenter DQ Developer Option .............................................................................................................. 86
PowerCenter DI Governance Option ............................................................................................................ 87
PowerCenter Metadata Exchange Option for Standard Edition (MDX for PCSE) ......................................... 87
PowerCenter Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition (MDX for PCAE) ....................................... 87
PowerCenter Monitoring Option .................................................................................................................... 88
PowerCenter Productivity Package .............................................................................................................. 88
PowerCenter Real-time Package .................................................................................................................. 89
Team-based Development Option ................................................................................................................ 89
ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION PLATFORM OPTION............................................... 89
Healthcare Analytics Accelerator .................................................................................................................. 89
Scaling Option............................................................................................................................................... 90
ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION POWEREXCHANGE ................................................. 90
PowerExchange for Applications .................................................................................................................. 90
PowerExchange for Data Types ................................................................................................................... 90
PowerExchange CDC Publisher – Options for Data Streaming Platforms.................................................... 91
PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Options ........................................................................................... 91
PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option Lab License ......................................................................... 91
PowerExchange for Flat File – Batch Option ................................................................................................ 92
PowerExchange for Flat File –Batch Option Lab License ............................................................................. 92
PowerExchange for EAI/Messaging ............................................................................................................. 92
PowerExchange for Cassandra .................................................................................................................... 92
PowerExchange for MongoDB...................................................................................................................... 92
PowerExchange for Tableau......................................................................................................................... 93
PowerExchange for Mainframe ..................................................................................................................... 93
PowerExchange for Mainframe Lab License ................................................................................................ 94
PowerExchange for Midrange....................................................................................................................... 94
PowerExchange for Midrange Lab License .................................................................................................. 94
PowerExchange for Social Media ................................................................................................................. 95
PowerExchange for Technology Standards .................................................................................................. 95
PowerChannel .............................................................................................................................................. 95

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 6
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT - MULTIDOMAIN .............................................................. 96

Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle ....................................................................................... 96
MDM Records ............................................................................................................................................... 96
MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – MULTIDOMAIN OPTIONS ........................................ 97
Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM - Product 360 .......................................................................... 97
MDM Cleanse Adapters ................................................................................................................................ 98
Informatica MDM High Availability Option ..................................................................................................... 98
Informatica MDM Data Control Base ............................................................................................................ 98
Hierarchy Management Data Control............................................................................................................ 98
History View Data Control ............................................................................................................................. 99
Duplicate Prevention Data Control ................................................................................................................ 99
Informatica MDM - Admin Named User ........................................................................................................ 99
Informatica MDM - Business Named User .................................................................................................... 99
Informatica MDM - Limited Named User ....................................................................................................... 99
MDM - Relate 360 ......................................................................................................................................... 99
MDM - Relate 360 Additional Nodes ............................................................................................................100
MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – MDM - PRODUCT 360 ..............................................100
Informatica MDM – Product 360 ..................................................................................................................100
MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – PRODUCT 360 OPTIONS.........................................101
Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ...........................................................................................101
Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime .............................................................................................101
Informatica MDM - Product 360 Adapter for Existing IDQ ...........................................................................101
Informatica MDM - Product 360 Country Packs ...........................................................................................102
MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – INFORMATICA MDM – CUSTOMER 360 ..........102
Informatica MDM – Customer 360 ...............................................................................................................102
Informatica MDM – Customer 360 (Light) ....................................................................................................103
Informatica MDM – Customer 360 Add-on...................................................................................................103
MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – INFORMATICA MDM – SUPPLIER 360 MDM 103
Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 .................................................................................................................104
Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) ......................................................................................................104
Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Add-on .....................................................................................................105
Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Portal .......................................................................................................105
INFORMATICA MDM - Product 360 THIRD-PARTY PRODUCTS ..............................105
Publishing Server Enterprise .......................................................................................................................105
Publishing Hub Informatica MDM - Product 360 Connector ........................................................................105
Priint Comet Preview Rendering Server Enterprise .....................................................................................106
Priint Comet Rendering Server Enterprise ...................................................................................................106
Publishing Application Enterprise Concurrent User .....................................................................................106
Priint Comet ID Desktop Plugin Enterprise ..................................................................................................106
SECURE ARCHIVING ........................................................................................................................106
Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition .....................................................................................................106
SECURE ARCHIVING OPTIONS...................................................................................................107
Archive Bridge..............................................................................................................................................107
Data Archive Validation Bundle ...................................................................................................................107
Production Database Size ...........................................................................................................................108
SECURE TESTING .............................................................................................................................108
Test Data Generator ....................................................................................................................................108
Test Data Warehouse ..................................................................................................................................108

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 7
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

INFORMATICA DATA PRIVACY MANAGEMENT................................................................109

Data Privacy Management Data Stores .......................................................................................................109
Data Privacy Management Protect ..............................................................................................................109
ULTRA MESSAGING .........................................................................................................................110
Ultra Messaging Standard Edition ...............................................................................................................110
Ultra Messaging Advanced Edition ..............................................................................................................111
PROMOTIONS– ON PREMISE SOLUTION PACKAGES .....................................................111
Banking and Credit Starter Package............................................................................................................111
Data Governance for Privacy .......................................................................................................................112
Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion.............................................................................................................112
Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion Named Users ......................................................................................114
Enterprise Data Preparation Foundation......................................................................................................114
PROMOTIONS – GENERAL ...........................................................................................................115
B2B DX BAM Premium Option ....................................................................................................................115
DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Medium ................................................................................115
DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Large ....................................................................................116
DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Large can only be used in conjunction with MDM or other
licensed compatible Informatica Software....................................................................................................116
Informatica World Full Conference Pass......................................................................................................116
Legacy License Conversion .........................................................................................................................116
Multi-Product Lab License ...........................................................................................................................117
INFORMATICA SUCCESS SERVICES .........................................................................................118
Premium Success ........................................................................................................................................118
Business Critical Success Plan ....................................................................................................................118

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 8
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
DEFINITIONS

Address is a human-readable and human-interpretable description of a delivery point to which mail or other physical objects can be
delivered.

Admin Node means any node that does not process data, but rather is used to facilitate cluster operations such as relates to
application configuration, monitoring and security.

Base License means the standard components that are made available to Customer with each Software license configuration as
specified in the Packaging section of each Software product description.

Business Glossary Viewer means one (1) Named User licensed for limited use of the Software. Each Business Glossary Viewer is
restricted to a single unique Named User. A Business Glossary Viewer license allows use of the Software by a maximum of the
number of Business Glossary Viewers licensed. Business Glossary Viewers are limited to uses of the Software including viewing of
Business Glossary objects and making comments on the same, but may not create, modify, delete, author or revise content, review,
approve nor publish Business Glossary objects.

Carrier means any telecommunications provider.

Compute Cluster means a distributed collection of Nodes used together to run an application or store and process data. Examples
include, but are not limited to, a Hadoop cluster, an Apache or Databricks Spark cluster, or a Qubole cluster.

Concurrent Client Sessions means a number of single active sessions or threads which may be opened by one (1) or more users
to concurrently access the Software at any given time up to the number of Concurrent Client Sessions licensed.

Connected Application means a physical or logical unique application instance referenced in the Informatica Data Integration Hub
Administration Console. Each unique application instance must be licensed as a separate quantity in support of a specific Informatica
Data Integration Hub Production Environment and associated Non-production Environments. Within each Connected Application, a
Customer may configure multiple references between the application and Informatica Data Integration Hub Software.

Consolidated Record is a specific master data record pertaining to a single Data Domain that is created by the Informatica MDM
product by merging duplicate records from multiple sources within its ‘Base Object Table’ or ‘Master Catalog’. The Consolidated
Record is assigned a unique key identifier (e.g., Customer ID, SKU number, item ID, etc.) by which Consolidated Records are counted.
If duplicates of Consolidated Records are maintained for multiple purposes (e.g., business unit, brand, reporting, etc.), then all of those
Consolidated Records need to be licensed. For the avoidance of doubt the total number of all Consolidated Records with a unique
key identifier in the ‘Base Object Table’ or ‘Master Catalog’ within the Informatica MDM product equals the total number of Consolidated
Records to be licensed.

Content means any and all data, records and structures included in and associated with any results, output or data provided from any
of the products (including, but not limited to any Address data).

Content Supplier is a third party, often a postal administration or postal operator that has provided Informatica with data to be included
in Content.

Content Update is a new version of Content containing updated, improved or enriched data.

CPU (Central Processing Unit) or CPU-core is a single complete computation engine (execution core) that is fabricated on a single
chip (or processor) that plugs into a single socket. A Single-Core Processor consists of a single complete computation engine
(execution core) that is fabricated on a single chip (or processor) that plugs into a single socket. Multi-Core Processor integrates
two (2) or more complete computation engines (execution cores) on a single chip that plugs into a single socket. For example,
Software deployed on a CPU containing a single quad-core chip would be counted as four (4) CPU-cores for the purpose of
determining license fees and entitlements. A Virtual CPU-core is a CPU-core assigned to a virtual machine process within Virtualization
software. For purposes of licensing, each execution core on a chip or a Virtual CPU-core as represented in Virtualization software is
counted as a CPU-core. For the avoidance of doubt, Visual Processing Unit (“VPU”) and Graphic Processing Unit (“GPU”)
technologies are excluded from this definition. When deploying the Software in Amazon Web Services (AWS) on an EC2 instance
type where one (1) vCPU equates to one (1) Hyper-Thread, each licensed CPU-core shall equate to two (2) AWS EC2 vCPUs. If
“Optimize CPUs” is enabled to turn hyperthreading off, all the vCPUs in the instance must be licensed. T2 and m3.medium AWS EC2
instances are excluded as they have a one-to-one ratio between vCPUs and physical CPU-cores. When deploying the Software in
Microsoft Azure on an instance type where one (1) vCPU equates to one (1) Hyper-Thread, each licensed CPU-core shall equate to
two (2) Microsoft Azure vCPUs. If Customer’s Microsoft Azure instance type has been licensed by Physical CPU-core where one (1)
vCPU equates to one (1) physical CPU-core, each licensed CPU-core shall equate to one (1) Microsoft Azure vCPU.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 9
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Connector means software that enables Informatica Cloud Service/s or Applications built on Informatica Cloud to connect to a third-
party data source enabling access or (bi-directional) data movement.

Data Domain means a collection of common core data types and their attributes that are considered critical to a company's business.
Examples of Data Domains include but are not limited to customer, product, employee, supplier, location, provider, and patient. One
or more Data Domains might be used to solve a specific business problem (Use Case). With respect to the licensing of Informatica
Master Data Management (“MDM”) products and options, a customer may license a certain number of Consolidated Records for each
Data Domain for use within Informatica MDM (see Consolidated Record definition above).

Data Store means a location with unique connection properties. Examples include: a database, a schema, a Salesforce instance, a
file folder, or a defined connection within Informatica PowerCenter. For Hadoop data types, Node count is used to determine the
number of licensed Data Stores. For purposes of licensing, only Data Stores deployed in support of a Production Instance of
Informatica Software must be licensed.

Data Type means a single relational database type from which Customer sources or obtains a specific type of data (e.g., Oracle and
DB2) (Source Data Type) or to which Customer targets or transfers a specific type of data (Target Data Type).

Disaster Recovery System means an independent, stand-by implementation that is brought online to support critical business
continuity processes if the primary production system is rendered inoperable.

End Point means the connection of the applicable Informatica Software license/service to either (i) a supported application instance
(ii) file system (iii) directory (iv) database instance (v) database schema; (vi) social application instance (vii) Cloud storage container
or equivalent (viii) SaaS application instance (ix) Rest or SOAP API (x) on-premise ERP application instance (xi) middleware or
messaging service (xii) on-prem enterprise system (xiii) cloud data warehouse service (xiv) cloud data warehouse database (xv)
enterprise data warehouse instance (xvi) Unique B2B library (xvii) B2B partner End Point.

Environment means a single domain comprised of a specific network, grid or named shared group of servers and/or processors that
form a single computational network through which the Software is accessed through a single “master gateway node” by the licensed
number of CPU-cores. This term may refer either to a non-production environment dedicated to quality assurance or the testing or
development of software and/or applications (“Laboratory, Lab, Development or Non-production Environment”) or a production
environment used for the actual processing and/or throughput of data (“Production Environment”). See Environment Licensing in
the General License Terms section.

False Negative is a result of the processing of an Address by the Product(s) where no correction is made while a knowledgeable
human is able to make a correction.

False Positive is the result of the processing of an Address by the Product(s) where the correction or suggestion is not identical to
the correct response as determined by a knowledgeable human.

High Availability System means a single site installation within a given physical location consisting of a network set of independently
resilient computing resources that has been thoroughly cleansed of single points of failure to withstand various host outage root
causes.

IFL Processor is an Integrated Facility for Linux (IFL) IBM mainframe processor solely dedicated to running the Linux operating
system, with or without z/VM, within which the Software operates.

Informatica Data Analyst means one (1) Named User licensed to access the Software. Each Informatica Data Analyst is restricted
to a single unique Named User. An Informatica Data Analyst license allows use of the Software by a maximum of the number of
Informatica Data Analysts licensed.

Informatica Analyst Viewer means one (1) Named User licensed for limited use of the Software. Each Informatica Analyst Viewer
is restricted to a single unique Named User. An Informatica Analyst Viewer license allows use of the Software by a maximum of the
number of Informatica Analyst Viewers licensed. Analyst Viewers are limited to uses of the Software including viewing of Analyst
objects, viewing of and making comments on Business Glossary objects, and access to profiles and scorecards, but may not create,
edit or delete.

Informatica Developer means one (1) computer client user interface or workstation used to access the Software by authorized users
to develop, configure, and run the Software.

Instance is a single copy or installation of the Software.

JVM means Java Virtual Machine software that converts the JavaTM intermediate language (bytecode) into machine language and
executes it within a single Physical Machine or Virtualized Machine.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 10
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Licensed Applications are any Customer applications which Informatica products are licensed to support. Unless otherwise noted
in individual product packaging descriptions, supported Licensed Applications are defined at the time of shipment on the applicable
Exhibit A or product order form.

Lab CPU-cores (or “Lab CPUs”) means the total number of CPU-cores licensed to support one (1) or more Software Application
Services in a Lab Environment.

Lab License means use of the Software solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes in a Non-production
Environment.

Legal Entity means a single lawful and legally standing organization that has the capacity to be legally bound, and is uniquely
identifiable from any other organization.

LPAR means “logical partition,” a form of partitioning as described in the definition of “Partition” below.

Master Catalog means the MDM - Product 360 system container where Customer is managing its product information. Each MDM
- Product 360 Instance has one (1) Master Catalog.

Metadata Resource is a logical collection of metadata within a Resource. A Resource is a repository object that represents an
external data source or metadata repository from which scanners extract metadata. The basic metadata operations, such as extraction,
storage, and management of metadata, are performed at the resource level.

MIPS, or “Million Instructions Per Second,” refers to the execution speed of a mainframe machine and is used as an industry standard
measure for specifying mainframe or LPAR processing capacity for licensing purposes.

MSU or “Million Service Units” means a measurement of the amount of processing work a computer can perform in one hour. The
term is most commonly associated with IBM mainframes, LPAR or total capacity.

Multi-OS, means a product license where the product can run on any Informatica supported 32-bit or 64-bit operating system (OS).
32-bit Multi-OS indicates that the Software is only supported for certain operating systems on 32-bit platforms (see 32-bit and 64-bit
Platforms under General License Terms).

Named User means an identified specific user. Only the Named User(s) is permitted to access the specifically licensed Software at
any given time. Each Named User shall be designated with a username using a method that incorporates the User’s name (e.g. John
T. Smith or jsmith). Customer may replace a Named User with another if the replaced Named User no longer has access to the
Software. Named User may also mean other types of permitted users of licensed software, including Casual Users, Data Stewards,
and or System Users. An SMS Named User is a customer of the SMS carrier associated with the use of Informatica DaaS products.
“Users” are individuals authorized by Customer to use the service as this term pertains to Address Content subscriptions.

Organization (“Org”) means a virtual container that includes a collection of users with access to a shared application and can share
and utilize the assets within that virtual container. Sub-organization (“Sub-org”) means a subordinate classification of users within
an Org.

Node means any computer apparatus (physical or virtual) that is accessed or addressed by the Informatica software.

Partition refers to dividing the processors, memory, storage and other components of a single physical computer into multiple
subsections comprised of such components (each, a Partition or LPAR), such that a separate computer environment utilizing its own
operating system and applications to process data is created within each subsection and may be dedicated to development, testing,
quality assurance or production activities. A hard Partition or LPAR has a fixed memory, storage and CPU-core allocation. A soft
Partition defines allocations and allows for capacity, memory and CPU-cores to be shared among Partitions to accommodate on-
demand changes in processing requirements (e.g., a Partition based on virtualization software).

Partner Connection means the number of authorized systems at any given time of B2B Data Exchange Managed File Transfer OEM
Option.

Projects are containers for enterprise assets to help build a taxonomy/classification for reusable mappings, or tasks like data
synchronization or replication task, or task flows. Each Project can be based on a business group, function or team and contains
one or many folders based on the data integration tasks.

Payer means an entity other than the patient that finances or reimburses the cost of health services. In most cases, this term refers
to insurance carriers, other third-party payers, or health plan sponsors (employers or unions).

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 11
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Production CPU-cores (or “Production CPUs”) means the total number of CPU-cores licensed to support one (1) or more Software
Application Services in a Production Environment.

Provider means a hospital, clinic, health care professional, or group of health care professionals who provide a service to patients.

Repository means the metadata repository of the Software installed on a single host server which serves as a central point of
connection to the Production CPU-cores.

Salesforce.com Named User shall be defined as a Customer Named User who has been permitted to use a Salesforce.com license
purchased by Customer from Salesforce.com to access one (1) Salesforce.com Instance.

Secure Agent is a light-weight binary that Customer downloads and installs in Customer’s Environment to access the Informatica
Cloud Services located in Informatica’s hosted Environment.

SAP Landscape means the organization of SAP servers to support the movement of development and configuration changes into a
single production system. A typical SAP landscape is comprised of three systems consisting of the Development system (DEV),
Quality Assurance system (QAS) and the Production system (PRD). Each system may consist of multiple servers including the
database server, application server and additional load-balancing servers and a cluster of production, test, development, and quality
assurance installations of a specific SAP business application.

Simple Network Management Protocol (“SNMP”) means a standard protocol used to manage messaging and other devices on IP
networks.

SMS means any instance of an SMS alert or notification.

SMS Content means all text, messages or other material contained in an SMS.

Software, for the purposes of this Informatica Product Description Schedule, means the Informatica products licensed to Customer
pursuant to applicable Exhibits A or product order forms entered into under the license agreement between Customer and Informatica
regardless of the defined term used in such license agreement to describe such Informatica software or products.

Software Services means the Software components that provide a specialized functionality to enable the Software to operate. The
Software architecture is comprised of “Application Services” and “Core Services”. Application Services means the Software server-
based components which enable the Software capabilities to function. Core Services means the Software server-based components
that enable the Software tools that manage and maintain the Environment in which Software operates.

Subscription Licensing – Notwithstanding any wording to the contrary in the applicable software license agreement, subscription
Software and Content are always licensed on a temporary basis and are not made available on a perpetual license basis.

Supported Virtualization Technology means (i) VMware solutions on x86/x86-64 platforms; (ii) Sun Solaris Containers; or (iii) IBM
Micro Partitioning, which are supported in accordance with Informatica’s “Statement of Support Related to Usage of Informatica
Products Under a Virtual Environment” (available upon request).

Tier A Connector. One (1) Tier A Connector allows Customer to connect (i) one (1) Instance of the Informatica Integration Base; or
(ii) one (1) of the Software applications that may be bundled with a licensed Cloud Integration Service. Tier A Connectors are
licensed on a subscription basis. Not all Tier A Connectors are available on all software base, editions, and options. The list of
supported Tier A Connectors is in the Connector PAM located at https://network.informatica.com/docs/DOC-16739.

Technical Preview means functionality identified in the product documentation or product interface as Technical Preview. Technical
Preview is provided as is and without warranty. Technical Preview functionality is not licensed for Production Environments because
it may contain flaws, including uncorrectable flaws, and its use may result in errors and loss of data. Informatica may abandon
development of Technical Preview functionality and never release it as a commercial product. Support Services are provided at
Informatica’s option and may be discontinued at any time.

Transformation(s) means a collection of data manipulation formulas or process scripts known as Mappings or Mapplets that are
grouped together relative to a function or functionality. A single transformation is also known as a Transform. Transformations and
Transforms vary by product and are restricted from run-time processing by means of license key unless properly licensed.

Transformation Process means the execution in a run-time engine of a Transformation or Transform that triggers data interface
sourcing, translation parsing, or mapping and serialization in production.

Transmission Control Protocol (“TCP”) means a point-to-point channel for applications that require reliable communications.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 12
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Virtualization or Virtualized means the ability to run multiple operating system environments on a single physical hardware system.
Physical hardware system resources are virtualized and shared across the multiple operating system environments.

Virtual Environment means an Environment created within one (1) of several operating system environments running on a single
physical hardware system which has been Virtualized.

Web Services “Provider” means the custom web services that one develops and exposes. Web Services “Provider” allows a web
service client to pass data to Informatica Software and receive transformed data in response.

Web Services “Consumer” means the web service that allows a mapping to call a web service from within a mapping. This enables
Informatica Software to read and write to a web service source or target.

Workbench Client means one (1) named computer client user interface or workstation used to access the Software by authorized
users. Each Workbench Client is restricted to a single specific Machine Access Control (MAC) address. A Workbench Client license
allows use of the Software by a maximum of the number of Workbench Clients licensed.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 13
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
GENERAL LICENSE TERMS

The following general license terms apply to Software licensed under the applicable Exhibit A or other product order form:

32-bit and 64-bit Platforms. The Software is licensed separately for either a 32-bit Platform or a 64-bit Platform. The 64-bit Platform
is not deemed to be an update from the 32-bit Platform as part of Informatica Support Services. “Platform” means an operating
system, in this case, limited to a certain number of bits which can be processed or transmitted in parallel to represent elements in a
data format.

Environment Licensing. For Software licensed by Environment, the “Environment” determines the deployment parameters for the
licensed Software. An Environment is defined at the time of purchase by the number and kind of Software licenses the Customer
chooses. During installation, a single master gateway node connecting the product components is configured, and any components
of the Software managed through this master gateway node are considered “within” the domain that defines the Environment
boundary. Within any Environment, an Informatica Software license is or may be further defined by metrics including but not limited
to “Instance(s)” and “CPU-cores.” Environment Licensing affords the Customer flexibility in allocating and, perhaps, reconfiguring the
Software provided that the quantities of the Software licensed is not exceeded. Reconfiguration of the licensed quantity of CPU-cores
within an Environment including, for example, across additional servers or nodes creates no license implications. However,
reconfiguration of Software licenses and/or CPU-cores, by splitting the allocation of CPU-cores and designating one or more additional
master gateway nodes results in the creation of additional Environments and, therefore, any options or Software products licensed on
a per Environment basis will need to be separately and additionally licensed for such newly created Environments. For the avoidance
of doubt, unlimited licenses are not permitted to be re-allocated across multiple Environments without the payment of additional fees.

Informatica Software Support for Deployment in third party Cloud Infrastructure. Customer may deploy the Software on
qualified third-party Cloud Infrastructure vendor systems, provided that Customer complies with all licensing and packaging restrictions
as identified in this document. It is the Customer’s responsibility to maintain licensing compliance within the Cloud Infrastructure of
the Cloud vendor, regardless of the flexibility the vendor’s configurations may enable. For the avoidance of doubt, a “Virtual CPU-
core” is counted as one (1) CPU-core as defined in this document for licensing metric calculations, and Virtualized servers, containers,
or instances created within the Cloud Infrastructure are subject to the Partitioning policy within this document.

Supported third party Cloud vendors:

• Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2)

• Amazon Simple Storage Service (S3)
• Microsoft Azure

Informatica will support Customer with Cloud Infrastructure deployments; however, if the problem cannot be determined to be either
an Informatica Software or a Cloud Infrastructure issue, Informatica Global Customer Support would ask the customer to open a
support issue with the Cloud vendor. Informatica will work with the Cloud vendor and the Customer to come to a reasonable resolution.
It is important to note that in certain scenarios, troubleshooting on Virtualized environments could result in longer resolution times.
Performance degradation due to running the Software in a Virtual Environment as compared to a non-virtual environment is not
considered a product issue. If an issue occurs only in a Virtual Environment and fails to be recreated under a native operating
environment, then such issues will not be considered Informatica Software defects and no fixes will be issued.

Warranties and liabilities regarding Cloud Infrastructure security, data privacy, and data security are solely between Customer and the
Cloud Infrastructure vendor, and Informatica does not accept any pass through or implied liability commitments by allowing the
Software to be deployed on the Cloud Infrastructure.

License Transfers. For each copy of the Software licensed, Customer may deploy the Software in a single Environment located in
the country identified in the ‘Ship To’ address on each Exhibit A. Permitted remote users may access the Software through a thin or
thick client developer tool from outside the country in which the Software is installed. The Software may be transferred to another
Customer-owned or -leased location within the ‘Ship To’ country at no additional charge upon written notification to Informatica. The
Software may not be transferred to locations outside the ‘Ship To’ country except as follows:

(a) If Customer intends to purchase multiple licenses and deploy them across multiple countries, international pricing will apply;
(b) If Customer intends to transfer an existing license to a different country, and the license in question has not been purchased
under international pricing, Customer will pay a transfer license upgrade fee and applicable incremental ongoing
maintenance fees for each license transferred. All such license transfers shall be subject to applicable export laws and
regulations of the United States and other applicable countries.

Metadata Manager and Business Glossary Split Domain. Customers may elect to deploy Metadata Manager

(including Business Glossary) independently of other components of a product bundle in which the Software was licensed (e.g., to
use a different version of Business Glossary, Metadata Manager, or other product components). On election, Customer may run one

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 14
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
(1) additional Instance of any Repositories and/or services required to allow Business Glossary or Metadata Manager to run
independently, and must deploy these into one (1) additional domain. Customer may deploy and use up to the number of Instances,
Nodes, or CPU-cores of the Metadata Tools services and/or dependent services as currently licensed. Any additional Repositories
and/or services permitted in this section are limited to supporting only the execution of the Business Glossary or Metadata Manager
applications and may not be used for any other purpose. Customers electing this deployment option acknowledge that some
application functions may not operate when components are deployed independently.

Partitioning. Informatica Software products may be installed on a subset of the capacity of one (1) or more physical servers utilizing
the partitioning solutions described below:

(a) Hard Partition: A hard Partition or LPAR that has a fixed memory, storage and CPU-core allocation such that a certain
subset of whole CPU-cores can be completely dedicated to the server on which the Software is deployed. The Software
must be licensed in quantities equal to or greater than the total number of CPU-cores contained within such hard Partition.
All other restrictions on the quantities of sources, targets, users, or any other applicable licensing metric, and any other
restrictions, set forth in Customer’s license agreement and all supporting documentation including this Product Description
Schedule shall continue to apply.

(b) Soft Partition: A soft Partition that defines allocations and allows for capacity, memory and CPU-cores to be shared
among Partitions to accommodate on-demand changes in processing requirements (e.g., a Partition based on virtualization
software). The Software may be licensed for use in a soft Partition where such virtual machine or server is hosted on one
(1) or more Multi-core Processor(s) using Supported Virtualization Technology, provided that the virtual machine or server
in which the Software is deployed shall not at any time exceed the licensed quantity of CPU-cores, sources, targets, users,
or any other applicable licensing metric, and shall be in compliance with any other restrictions, set forth in Customer’s
license agreement and all supporting documentation including this Product Description Schedule. For the avoidance of
doubt, a Virtual CPU-core is counted as one (1) CPU-core as identified in this document for licensing metric calculations,
and Virtualized servers, containers, or instances created within the infrastructure are subject to the Partitioning policy within
this document. When deploying the Software in Amazon Web Services (AWS) on an EC2 instance type where one (1)
vCPU equates to one (1) Hyper-Thread, each licensed CPU-core shall equate to two (2) AWS EC2 vCPUs. T2 and
m3.medium AWS EC2 Instances are excluded as they have a one-to-one ratio between vCPUs and physical CPU-cores.
When deploying the Software in Microsoft Azure on an instance type where one (1) vCPU equates to one (1) Hyper-Thread,
each licensed CPU-core shall equate to two (2) Microsoft Azure vCPUs. If Customer’s Microsoft Azure instance type has
been licensed by Physical CPU-core where one (1) vCPU equates to one (1) physical CPU-core, each licensed CPU-core
shall equate to one (1) Microsoft Azure vCPU. Each virtual machine or server must be licensed. Customer shall not
operate the Software concurrently in multiple images, containers, platforms or sets of equipment. If Customer wishes to
increase the licensed quantities of the Software, deploy the Software in multiple virtual machines or servers, or otherwise
change its Informatica Software configuration, Customer shall pay any applicable license fees based upon Informatica’s
then-current price list for generally available software.

PowerExchange Support Services. Informatica provides Support Services for PowerExchange products for which it provides the
appropriate path to access the data type (i.e., a native PowerExchange product). Customer may use other paths to access or target
data, however, such other paths may not qualify for Support Services.

For those Customers who need to access sources and targets not accessible with a native PowerExchange product, Customer may
license ODBC (Level 2 compliant or above); however, the use of ODBC can have limitations, so Informatica has established the
following support policy: Informatica will not support Customers who use ODBC instead of a native PowerExchange product when
one is available. At its discretion, Informatica will undertake commercially reasonable efforts to support Customers with valid
maintenance/Support Services agreements that access data sources or targets via ODBC when no native PowerExchange product
is available.

Recovery License. For each Software production license purchased by Customer, Customer shall receive a Recovery License which
entitles Customer to deploy one (1) recovery Instance of the Software installed on a stand-by server either not running or running in
stand-by mode, at no additional charge in support of a Disaster Recovery System. A stand-by server can also be activated to support
production when the primary server is down for scheduled software or hardware maintenance. Customer is permitted to synchronize
data periodically with the stand-by Instance. Informatica Software Services installed on the recovery system must not be active unless
the recovery system has been initiated. At no time shall the production and recovery Instances of the Software be running concurrently
as active Production Environments. A Recovery License does not include installations that are deployed as a hot stand-by or active
stand-by production systems. There are fees associated with such installations. Informatica software does not provide or enable
database, file system and/or server failover mechanisms.

Subscription Licensing. Product(s) identified on the applicable order that contain “(S)” in the SKU level description are licensed on
an annual subscription basis subject to the payment of an upfront subscription fee. If Customer chooses not to renew the subscription,
Customer must notify Informatica in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the current subscription term, and Customer

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 15
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
must cease use of the subscription and destroy all copies made thereof in whole or in part as of the last day of such subscription
period. Upon request, Customer shall certify to Informatica that it has done so. Except as expressly set forth in the applicable order,
all payment obligations for a subscription are non-cancelable and non-contingent, and all amounts paid are nonrefundable except in
the context of (i) a breach of the applicable warranty or (ii) a material breach by Informatica of the Agreement or the applicable order
that renders the Software or Cloud Service unusable for the term at issue.

Subscription Support Services

Informatica agrees to provide the following support services ("Support Services") for such Software in return for payment in full of the
amounts set forth in the applicable Exhibit A, with such Support Services to commence upon delivery or download of the Software:

Basic Success is included with all subscription purchases. With Basic Success, Customer receives assisted support on weekdays
during local business hours (8*5), self-service, flexible approach including online knowledgebase, moderated forums & webinars, and
introductory courses from the Success Academy. For support outside of business hours, Customer must contact Informatica Global
Support hotline. For more details on support policies and guidelines, go to https://mysupport.informatica.com/docs/DOC-3015 for the
latest support guide.

Tier A Connector: One (1) Tier A Connector allows Customer to connect (i) one (1) Instance of Informatica supported offerings; or
(ii) one (1) of the Software applications that may be bundled with a Tier A Connector, to one of the following connections listed as a
supported Tier A Connector as the website listed below. Tier A Connectors are licensed on a subscription basis. Not all Tier A
Connectors are available on all software base, editions, and options. The list of supported Tier A Connectors is in the Connector PAM
located at https://network.informatica.com/docs/DOC-16739.

Upgrade/Trade-in. An Upgrade/Trade-in of an existing license implicates the replacement of that license with a new product license
to provide increased, enhanced or additional features and/or functionalities. Upgrades/Trade-ins result in the termination of the
existing license such that the entire prior license and all of its attendant components are deemed no longer to exist. Upgrades/Trade-
ins require the payment of additional license fees by Customer and may be granted in the sole discretion of Informatica. Support
Services fees for Upgrades/Trade-ins are additive to the Support Services fees charged for the product being upgraded. Informatica
allows the Customer a period of no more than sixty (60) days within which to manage the installation of a new version of Software
(Upgrade, Trade-in, or Update) during which time the Customer may keep the older version in operation. If Customer requires more
than sixty (60) days, such latitude should be requested in writing.

Usage Data. Software will automatically transmit to Informatica information about the computing and network environment in which
the Software is deployed and the data usage and system statistics of the deployment. Customer may disable Informatica collection of
this information via the Software by following Instructions available upon installation and in the documentation. Separately, Cloud
Services will automatically collect information about the operation, organization, and use of the Cloud Services, including the user ID,
password, IP address and Metadata as described in the Cloud and Support Security Addendum (available at
https://www.informatica.com/content/dam/informatica-com/global/amer/us/docs/legal/online-cloud-and-support-security-
addendum.pdf), but not including data that Customer processes or submits to the Cloud Services in the course of using the Cloud
Services. Informatica collects all information described under this subsection as a controller and may use it for the purposes described
in our privacy policy (available at: http://www.informatica.com/privacy-policy.html), including to improve the Products and customer
experience and facilitate support services and usage suggestions. As between the parties, Informatica shall own all right, title, and
interest in and to all intellectual property rights in all materials developed by or on behalf of Informatica based on or including as a
component thereof any such collected information and all generalized knowledge, skill, know-how and expertise relating to such
information.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 16
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
AXON

Axon Data Governance

Packaging Axon Data Governance is a packaged enterprise web application that documents, manages and monitors the
parameters of a data governance program, and aligns business and technical data related to that program to
assess and monitor attainment against documented data governance program outcomes.

Axon Data Governance enables Customers to:

• Search and filter the Informatica Axon repository, based on user-defined criteria
• Designate owner, stewards, business and technical stakeholders for critical data, systems and
business processes
• Determine relevance of data to business processes and apply appropriate standards
• View lineage of data as it traverses systems and business process and apply ownership, quality and
semantic contexts to those views.
• Define target data quality metrics and assess quality state of data against targets, as they apply to
data, systems and business processes
• Create and share custom dashboards
• Provide insight into data privacy metrics
• Deploy and operate Axon Data Marketplace to facilitate managed consumption of governed assets

Axon Data Governance includes:

• Repository Search & Filter

• Definition Management
• Data Quality Management
• Policy Management
• Role Management
• System & Data Lineage
• Workflow & Notifications
• Owner and Stakeholder designation
• Process-to-Data Mapping & Impact Assessment
• Project-to-Data Mapping & Impact Assessment
• Batch and real-time interfaces for data load and retrieval through User Interface and API
• Axon Data Marketplace
• Axon Data Governance Named User
• Axon Data Governance Viewers (read-only).
License Axon Data Governance is licensed on a per Production Environment, per Named User basis. Each Axon Data
Terms Governance Named User license allows one (1) unique Named User to access the Axon Data Governance
Software. Additional Named User access requires additional Named User licenses. A Named User license is not
required to access the Software as an Axon Data Governance Viewer.

Axon Data Governance Named Users are authorized to access the Software to administer, contribute, search,
view and change content in Axon Inventories, to create and modify change requests, participate in workflows,
manage, publish and edit data assets within Axon Data Marketplace categories

Axon Data Governance Viewers are limited to search and view of content in Informatica Axon Inventories, and
creation and modification of change requests, browse, search and request Axon Data Marketplace for data assets.

For each Production Instance of Axon Data Governance licensed, a reasonable number of additional copies of
Informatica Axon may be installed to support such Production Instance solely for development, testing, quality
assurance and/or recovery purposes. Any copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a
production mode.

B2B DATA EXCHANGE

B2B Data Exchange

Packaging B2B Data Exchange enables data sharing between business partners that can be used for new partner on-
boarding and profile management, and business event monitoring and management. It also provides unstructured
and semi-structured data format transformations.
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 17
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

B2B Data Exchange includes:

• One (1) Data Transformation

• One (1) PowerCenter Advanced Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services (restricted use)
• One (1) Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) DX Server
• One (1) DX Console
• One (1) Informatica Managed File Transfer (restricted use)

Note: Subject to platform availability. B2B Data Exchange includes Informatica B2B Data Exchange Managed
File Transfer and not the OEM Option is licensed separately and is not part of this package.
License A B2B Data Exchange license entitles Customer to use B2B Data Exchange within a single Production
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of
Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production CPU-
cores may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production
Environment, and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in
the Production Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal
to the total number of CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software
is restricted to a verifiable Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of B2B Data Exchange within
the single Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above. B2B Data
Exchange may be licensed separately from the PowerCenter Software. This license includes a restricted use
PowerCenter Advanced Edition and PowerExchange for Web Services installation which may be used by
Customer solely in conjunction with the associated B2B Data Exchange application processes, and shall not be
used by Customer for any other purpose. This license includes a restricted use Informatica Data Archive Secure
Edition license which may be used by Customer solely to archive the B2B Data Exchange metadata repository,
and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose. This license includes a restricted use Informatica
Managed File Transfer license, which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated B2B
Data Exchange application processes, and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose.

B2B Data Exchange Lab License

Packaging A B2B Data Exchange Lab License includes:

• B2B Data Exchange for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab
environment.
• B2B Data Exchange Lab CPU-cores
o B2B Data Exchange Lab CPU-cores means the total number of Lab CPU-cores licensed
for use in the Lab Environment.
License A B2B Data Exchange Lab License entitles Customer to use B2B Data Exchange within a Lab Environment
Terms provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-core
licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple B2B Data Exchange
Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does not exceed
the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. A B2B Data Exchange Lab License shall be used solely for development,
testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each Lab License
is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) B2B Data Exchange Production Environment. Lab Licenses
may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Licenses
for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance).

B2B Data Exchange for MDM - Product 360

Packaging B2B Data Exchange for MDM - Product 360 enables data sharing between business partners that can be used for
new partner on-boarding and profile management, and business event monitoring and management. It also
provides unstructured and semi-structured data format transformations.

B2B Data Exchange for MDM - Product 360 includes:

• One (1) Data Transformation

• One (1) B2B GDSN Data Format Library
• One (1) PowerCenter Advanced Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services (restricted use)
• One (1) Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition (restricted use)

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 18
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• One (1) DX Server
• One (1) DX Console
• One (1) Informatica Managed File Transfer (restricted use)
• One (1) B2B DX BAM Option
• One (1) MDM - Product 360 data model definition for GDSN core attributes (custom repository,
English)
• MDM - Product 360 to B2B communication based on canonical format for the GS1 Messages CIS
(out) CIN (in/out) CIP (out)
• MDM - Product 360 data quality validations
License B2B Data Exchange for MDM - Product 360 is licensed per MDM - Product 360 production server deployed with
Terms Informatica MDM - Product 360 (any Edition). For each MDM - Product 360 production server deployed, Customer
must license one (1) B2B Data Exchange for MDM - Product 360. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances
of B2B Data Exchange within the single Production Environment solely in support of and in combination with
Customer’s licensed MDM - Product 360 (any Edition) Production server (and associated Non-production
server(s). B2B Data Exchange may be licensed separately from the PowerCenter Software. This license includes
a restricted PowerCenter Advanced Edition and PowerExchange for Web Services installation which may be used
by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated B2B Data Exchange application processes, and shall not
be used by Customer for any other purpose. This license includes a restricted use Informatica Data Archive
Secure Edition license which may be used by Customer solely to archive the B2B Data Exchange metadata
repository, and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose. This license includes a restricted use
Informatica Managed File Transfer license, which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the
associated B2B Data Exchange application processes, and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose.

Note: Informatica MDM - Product 360 (any Edition) licensed separately and is not part of this package. B2B Data
Exchange includes Informatica B2B Data Exchange Managed File Transfer and not the OEM Option.

Data Transformation
Packaging Data Transformation provides access to unstructured and semi-structured data.

Data Transformation includes:

• Unlimited Informatica Developers

• DT Engine(s)
• XMAP

Supported data formats: MS Word, MS Excel, MS PowerPoint, JSON, Avro, Parquet, WordPerfect, Star Office,
ASCII reports, HTML, undocumented binaries, HTML, complex hierarchical XML, and Adobe PDF.

Note: Subject to platform availability.

License Data Transformation entitles Customer to deploy the license within a single Production Environment provided such
Terms use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Production CPU-core licenses
purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production CPU-cores may be deployed or
allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment, and Customer
is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production Environment
provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of CPU-
cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable
Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of Data Transformation within the single Production
Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above.

Data Transformation requires an Informatica Developer supported product such as PowerCenter (any edition),
Data Engineering, or Informatica Data Quality.

Data Transformation Lab License

Packaging A Data Transformation Lab License includes:

• Data Transformation for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab
environment.
• Data Transformation Lab CPU-cores (quantity selected at the time of licensing).
License A Data Transformation Lab License entitles Customer to use Data Transformation within a Lab Environment
Terms provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-core
licenses purchased by Customer for such t Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple Data Transformation

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 19
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does not exceed
the number of Development Lab CPU-cores licensed. A Data Transformation Lab License shall be used solely
for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment.
Each Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Data Transformation Production
Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer
deploy separate Development Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance).

B2B DATA EXCHANGE OPTIONS

B2B Data Exchange Accelerator Option

Packaging B2B Data Exchange Accelerator Option provides preconfigured B2B Data Exchange solution templates
supporting common B2B integration use cases for vertical industries, with pre-built Data Format Libraries,
Transformations for industry or application specific data standards, pre-built workflows and dashboards.

Available Data Exchange Accelerators:

• HIPAA Accelerator includes: HIPAA and HIX Data Format Library Bundle and Data Exchange
solution templates, as described above, to integrate inbound and outbound HIPAA messages
between Payers and Providers.
• EDI Accelerator includes: EDI-X12 Data Format Libraries and Data Exchange solution templates, as
described above, to integrate inbound and outbound EDI-X12 messages between customers and
suppliers.

Note: Informatica B2B Data Exchange and B2B DX BAM Option and B2B Data Exchange Managed File
Transfer OEM Option are licensed separately and are not part of this package.
License B2B Data Exchange Accelerator Option may be licensed in support of B2B Data Exchange for an additional fee.
Terms B2B Data Exchange Accelerator Option is licensed on a per Environment basis. The B2B Data Exchange
Accelerator Option license shall be restricted to use with no more than one (1) B2B Data Exchange Production
Environment. In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the B2B Data Exchange
Production Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately. The total number
of B2B Data Exchange Accelerator Option licenses purchased by Customer must be equal to the corresponding
number of B2B Data Exchange Production Environments supported.

B2B Data Exchange GDSN Accelerator for MDM - Product 360

Packaging B2B Data Exchange GDSN Accelerator for MDM - Product 360 enables data sharing between Customer and
GDSN data pools, and provides business event monitoring and management. It also provides data format
Transformations between Customer MDM - Product 360 system and GDSN message format.

B2B Data Exchange GDSN Accelerator for MDM - Product 360 includes:

• Unlimited Informatica Developers

• DT Engine(s) to support a single PowerCenter Production Environment (restricted to GDSN
messages)
• One (1) B2B GDSN Data Format Library (restricted use)
• Three (3) End Point connections (restricted use)
• One (1) PowerCenter Advanced Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services (restricted use)
• One (1) Informatica Data Archive for Standard Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) B2B DX BAM Option (restricted use)
• One (1) DX Server (restricted use)
• One (1) Informatica Managed File Transfer (restricted use)
• One (1) DX Console (restricted use)
• One (1) MDM - Product 360 data model definition for GDSN core attributes (custom repository,
English)
• One (1) MDM - Product 360 to B2B communication based on canonical format for the GS1
Messages CIS (out) CIN (in/out) CIP (out)
• MDM - Product 360 data quality validations

Note: B2B Data Exchange GDSN Accelerator for MDM - Product 360 includes Informatica B2B Data Exchange
Managed File Transfer and not the OEM Option.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 20
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
License A B2B Data Exchange GDSN Accelerator for MDM - Product 360 license entitles Customer to use B2B Data
Terms Exchange GDSN Accelerator for MDM - Product 360 within a single Production Environment solely in support of
and in conjunction with Customer’s licensed MDM - Product 360 (any Edition) Production Instance (and associated
Non-production Instance(s)). Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of B2B Data Exchange GDSN
Accelerator for MDM - Product 360 within the single Production Environment. This license includes a restricted
PowerCenter Advanced Edition, B2B GDSN Data Format Library, PowerExchange for Web Services, DX Server
and DX Console and Informatica Manager File Transfer which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction
with the associated B2B Data Exchange application processes, and shall not be used by Customer for any other
purpose. This license includes the restricted use of up to three (3) End Points to enable connection to GDSN data
pools which shall not be used for any other purpose. This license includes a restricted use Informatica Data
Archive for Standard Edition license which may be used by Customer solely to archive the B2B Data Exchange
metadata repository, and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose.

B2B Data Format Libraries Option

Packaging B2B Data Format Libraries Option provides preconfigured templates to source data and pre-built Transformations
for industry or application specific data standards.

Available data format libraries and bundles: HIPAA, HL7, EDI-X12, EDI-FACT, SWIFT, ACORD-AL3, BAI,
COBOL, FpML, NACHA, NCPDP, FIX, HIX, SEPA, Telekurs, EDI UCS and WINS, EDI VICS DTCC-NSCC,
Bloomberg PerSecurity, Bloomberg Backoffice, Bloomberg Extended Backoffice, Thomson Reuters DataScope
Select, Interactive Data Corporation IDSI 320, and GDSN.

B2B HIPAA and HIX Data Format Library Bundle includes the following Data Format Libraries: HIPAA and HIX.
License B2B Data Format Libraries Option may be licensed in support of Data Transformation, Data Engineering
Terms Integration, Data Engineering Parser and B2B Data Exchange for an additional fee.

B2B Data Format Libraries Option is licensed on a per data format library basis in individual, or bundle.

Each B2B Data Format Library licensed shall be restricted to use with no more than one (1) B2B Data Exchange,
Data Engineering Integration, Data Quality, Data Engineering Parser or Data Transformation Production
Environment.

In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the B2B Data Exchange, Data
Engineering Integration, Data Quality Data Engineering Parser or Data Transformation Production Environment
whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

The total number of B2B Data Format Libraries Option licenses purchased by Customer must be equal to the
corresponding number of Production Environments supported.

B2B DQ Developer Option

Packaging For a Customer licensed for B2B Data Exchange, the B2B DQ Developer Option allows Customer to develop
Informatica Data Quality mapplets for processing within a PowerCenter workflow.

B2B DQ Developer Option includes:

• One (1) Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition (restricted use; profiling capabilities excluded)
• Two (2) Informatica Data Quality Developer Seats (restricted use)

Note: Additional fees shall apply if there are changes to the Software configuration.
License B2B DQ Developer Option may be licensed in support of B2B Data Exchange for an additional fee. B2B DQ
Terms Developer Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis.

The number of Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the B2B Data
Exchange Production Environment. In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with
the associated B2B Data Exchange Production Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or
installed separately.

The Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition Software and Informatica Data Quality Developer Seats included
with the B2B DQ Developer Option Software is a restricted use license and shall be used solely for developing
Informatica Data Quality mapplets for processing within a PowerCenter workflow.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 21
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
DATA ENGINEERING

Data Engineering Dynamic Masking

Packaging Data Engineering Dynamic Masking masks sensitive production and production support data without making any
changes to application source-code or database.

Data Engineering Dynamic Masking includes:

• Dynamic Data Masking on a Compute Cluster

Supported relational and non-relational data platforms: Compute Cluster.

License A Data Engineering Dynamic Masking license permits Customer to deploy and operate the Software on server(s)
Terms with up to the number of Nodes licensed. All Nodes configured within the Hadoop Cluster(s) must be licensed.
Additional copies of the Data Engineering Dynamic Masking license may be installed to support the corresponding
Production Environment of Data Engineering Dynamic Masking for development, testing, quality assurance and/or
recovery purposes related to the use of the Dynamic Masking software (“Non-production Instance”). A Non-
production Instance of Data Engineering Dynamic Masking is limited to the development and testing of the data
masking process. Any other use shall require the source Nodes to be licensed as production Nodes.

Data Engineering Integration

Packaging Informatica Data Engineering Integration provides the functionality to integrate data in a Big Data Environment.

Data Engineering Integration includes:

• Data Integration Transforms

• Profiling (Column, Rule) (restricted to data to be processed or already has been processed in
Compute Cluster)
• Informatica Data Engineering Parser
• Database Pushdown Optimization
• Performance Optimization including Blaze
• Dynamic Schemas, Templates, and Dynamic Mappings, including the user interface for mass
ingestion from database sources
• High Availability of Model Repository and Data Integration Services
• Data Engineering Integration Team Based Development
• SQL to Mapping Conversion

Data Engineering Integration also includes:

• Informatica DI Server Add-On (forty-eight (48) CPU-cores per Compute Cluster, restricted to
licensed connectors that source or target data to be processed or already has been processed in a
Compute Cluster)
• One hundred (100) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users
• Unlimited Tier A End Points
• Data Engineering Connectivity Package providing unlimited End Points for the following data types:
Azure Blob, AWS S3, Hive, Hadoop, SQOOP, HBase, Flat Files, HDFS, Complex File HDFS, ADLS,
Google Cloud Storage, two (2) Tier D End Points, ten (10) Tier C End Points, and fifty (50) Tier B
End Points
• Data Engineering Integration Application Services means the server-based components that enable
the Data Engineering Integration capabilities to function. Application Services may be deployed on
any server(s) in support of Data Engineering Integration processing with Hadoop. Data Engineering
Integration Application Services components include the following:
o Data Integration Service
o Model Repository Service
o Analyst Service
License A Data Engineering Integration license permits Customer to deploy and operate such Software on server(s) with
Terms up to the number of Nodes (Production or Non-production) licensed, with the exception of Admin Nodes. All
Nodes configured within the Compute Cluster(s) must be licensed. Individual components of the Data Engineering
Integration license shall not be deployed independently in different locations in support of separate base
installations or utilizing separate Nodes. The restricted use of Informatica DI Server Add-On and Informatica Data
Engineering Parser are restricted to deployment in support of the Data Integration Transforms on big data

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 22
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
workflows and restricted to licensed connectors that source or target data to be processed or already has been
processed in Hadoop.

Note: For purposes of licensing, Admin Nodes are not counted.

Note: An Informatica Data Analyst Named User has the ability to deploy profiling capabilities in support of an
Informatica Data Engineering Integration deployment.

Note: Customer may run multiple Instances (i.e. including Non-Production) of Data Engineering Integration,
provided that Customer does not exceed the licensed number of Nodes.

Note: The Data Engineering Connectivity Package licenses included with Data Engineering Integration are
restricted to the Data Engineering Integration license and associated options and cannot be transferred to or
deployed with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter Environments). The
Data Engineering Connectivity Package permits a Customer to deploy and operate such Software with up to the
number of End Points licensed within a Production Environment. Non-production End Point connectivity is not an
applicable license metric.

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier B connector is SQL Server. In the event Customer requires
a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier C connector is Oracle DB. In the event Customer requires
a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier D connector is Salesforce CRM (Sales & Service Cloud).
In the event Customer requires a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer
Support.

Data Engineering Persistent Masking

Packaging Data Engineering Persistent Masking masks sensitive structured data during testing and development.

Data Engineering Persistent Masking includes:

• Data Engineering Integration (restricted use)

• Persistent Data Masking on Compute Cluster

Supported relational and non-relational data platforms: source and/or targets must be those from a supported
Compute Cluster.
License A Data Engineering Persistent Masking license permits Customer to deploy the product provided such use,
Terms including all components deployed on the Hadoop Cluster(s), does not exceed the total number of Production
Node(s) licensed. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of Data Engineering Persistent Masking subject
to the Production Node(s) limit described above. This license includes a restricted use license of Data Engineering
Integration. All Nodes configured within a Compute Cluster must be licensed. Additional copies of the Data
Engineering Persistent Masking license may be installed to support the corresponding Production Environment of
Data Engineering Persistent Masking for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes.
Development or testing of mappings or processing workflows for Compute Cluster can be deployed only on
Hadoop Nodes that are licensed in support of the corresponding Data Engineering Persistent Masking production
license (“Non-production Instance”). A Non-production Instance of Big Data Persistent Masking is limited to the
development and testing of the data masking process. Any other use shall require the source Nodes to be licensed
as production Nodes.

Data Engineering Quality

Packaging Data Engineering Quality provides the functionality to integrate, standardize, enhance, and cleanse data in a Big
Data Environment.

Data Engineering Quality includes:

• Data Domain Discovery

• Informatica Developer User Interface

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 23
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Informatica Administrator User Interface
• Informatica Analyst Viewer User Interface
• Profiling (Rule/ Column) (restricted to data to be processed or already has been processed in a
Compute Cluster)
• Scorecarding
• Exception Management User Interface
• Data Quality Transforms
• Reference Table Management
• Discovery Search
• Rule Builder
• Application Services
o Data Integration Service
o Repository Service
o Analyst Service
o Content Management Service
• Address Validation Engine
o One hundred ten (110) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users (Note: one hundred ten
(110) Named Users in total and not in addition to the one hundred (100) Named Users
included in Data Engineering Integration).
License Data Engineering Quality requires a license to Data Engineering Integration.
Terms
Data Engineering Quality permits Customer to deploy and operate such Software on server(s) with up to the
number of Nodes licensed. All Nodes configured within the Compute Cluster(s) must be licensed and the number
of Nodes licensed must be equal to the number of Nodes licensed for Data Engineering Integration.

Individual components of the Data Engineering Quality license shall not be deployed independently in different
locations in support of separate base installations or utilizing separate Nodes. The Address Validation Engine and
Data Quality Transforms are restricted to deployment in support of big data workflows.

Note: For purposes of licensing, Admin Nodes are not counted.

Note: Customer may run multiple Instances (i.e. including Non-Production) of Data Engineering Integration,
provided that Customer does not exceed the licensed number of Nodes.

Note: An Analyst Named User includes any individual Data Engineering Quality User with the rights to use
Profiling, Scorecards, Reference Tables, Exception Management/Human Task and Rule Specifications to
support of an Informatica Data Engineering Quality deployment.

Note: Customers running both Data Engineering Quality and Informatica Data Quality can apply Analyst Named
Users against either deployments, but the total number of Analyst Named Users across deployments shall not
exceed the total number of licenses from Data Quality Products. The Analyst Named User shall be restricted to
the single Production Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software
Licenses.

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Data Quality for Data Engineering

Packaging Data Quality for Data Engineering provides the functionality to integrate, standardize, enhance, and cleanse data
in a Big Data Environment.

Data Quality for Data Engineering includes:

• Data Domain Discovery

• Informatica Developer User Interface
• Informatica Administrator User Interface
• Informatica Analyst Viewer User Interface
• Profiling (Rule/Column) (restricted to data to be processed or already has been processed in Hadoop/Big
Data Environment)
• Scorecarding

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 24
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Exception Management User Interface
• Data Quality Transformations
• Data Integration Transformations
• Reference Table Management
• Discovery Search
• Rule Builder
• Application Services
• Data Integration Service
• Repository Service
• Analyst Service
• Content Management Service
• Address Verification Engine
• One hundred ten (110) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users (Note: one hundred ten (110) Named
Users in total
• Data Engineering Parser
• Database Pushdown Optimization
• Performance Optimization including Blaze
• Dynamic Schemas, Templates, and Dynamic Mappings, including the user interface for mass
ingestion from database sources
• High Availability of Model Repository and Data Integration Services
• Data Engineering Integration Team Based Development
• SQL to Mapping Conversion

Data Quality for Data Engineering also includes:

• Informatica DI Server Add-On (forty-eight (48) CPU-cores per Compute Cluster, restricted to licensed
connectors that source or target data to be processed or already has been processed in a Compute
Cluster)
• Unlimited Tier A End Points
• Data Engineering Connectivity Package providing unlimited End Points for the following data types:
Azure Blob, AWS S3, Hive, Hadoop, SQOOP, HBase, Flat Files, HDFS, Complex File HDFS, ADLS,
Google Cloud Storage, two (2) Tier D End Points, ten (10) Tier C End Points, and fifty (50) Tier B End
Points
License A Data Quality for Data Engineering license permits Customer to deploy and operate such Software on server(s)
Terms with up to the number of Nodes (Production or Non-production) licensed, with the exception of Admin Nodes. All
Nodes configured within the Compute Cluster(s) must be licensed. Individual components of the Data Quality for
Data Engineering license shall not be deployed independently in different locations in support of separate base
installations or utilizing separate Nodes. The restricted use of Informatica DI Server Add-On and Data Engineering
Parser are restricted to deployment in support of the Data Integration Transforms on big data workflows and
restricted to licensed connectors that source or target data to be processed or already has been processed in a
Compute Cluster.

Note: For purposes of licensing, Admin Nodes are not counted.

Note: An Analyst Named User includes any individual Data Quality for Data Engineering User with the rights to
use Profiling, Scorecards, Reference Tables, Exception Management/Human Task and Rule Specifications to
support of an Informatica Data Quality for Data Engineering deployment.

Note: Customer may run multiple Instances (i.e. including Non-Production) of Data Quality for Data Engineering,
provided that Customer does not exceed the licensed number of Nodes.

Note: The Data Engineering Connectivity Package licenses included with Data Quality for Data Engineering are
restricted to the Data Quality for Data Engineering license and associated options and cannot be transferred to or
deployed with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter Environments). The Data
Engineering Connectivity Package permits a Customer to deploy and operate such Software with up to the number
of End Points licensed within a Production Environment. Non-production End Point connectivity is not an applicable
license metric.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 25
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier B connector is SQL Server. In the event Customer requires
a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier C connector is Oracle DB. In the event Customer requires a
change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier D connector is Salesforce CRM (Sales & Service Cloud). In
the event Customer requires a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer
Support.

Note: Customers running both Data Quality for Data Engineering and Informatica Data Quality can apply Analyst
Named Users against either deployments, but the total number of Analyst Named Users across deployments shall
not exceed the total number of licenses from Data Quality Products. The Analyst Named User shall be restricted to
the single Production Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software Licenses.

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Data Quality for Data Engineering Developer Named User

Packaging Data Quality for Data Engineering Developer Named User provides the functionality to integrate, standardize,
enhance, and cleanse data in a Big Data Environment.

Data Quality for Data Engineering Developer Named User includes:

• Data Domain Discovery

• Informatica Developer User Interface
• Informatica Administrator User Interface
• Informatica Analyst Viewer User Interface
• Profiling (Rule/ Column) (restricted to data to be processed or already has been processed in a
Compute Cluster/Big Data Environment)
• Scorecarding
• Exception Management User Interface
• Data Quality Transforms
• Data Integration Transformations
• Reference Table Management
• Discovery Search
• Rule Builder
• Application Services
o Data Integration Service
o Repository Service
o Analyst Service
o Content Management Service
• Address Verification Engine
• Environment includes one hundred ten (110) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users excluding the
number of Developers or Nodes purchased. (Note: one hundred ten (110) Data Analyst Named Users
in total) with access to:
o Informatica Data Engineering Parser
o Database Pushdown Optimization
o Performance Optimization including Blaze
o Dynamic Schemas, Templates, and Dynamic Mappings, including the user interface for
mass ingestion from database sources
o High Availability of Model Repository and Data Integration Services
o Data Engineering Integration Team Based Development
o SQL to Mapping Conversion

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 26
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Data Quality for Data Engineering Developer Named User also includes:

• Informatica DI Server Add-On Developer Named Users (restricted to using licensed connectors as a
source or target for data to be used, or already has been, processed in a Big Data environment)
• Unlimited Tier A End Points
• Data Engineering Connectivity Package providing unlimited End Points for the following data types:
Azure Blob, AWS S3, Hive, Hadoop, SQOOP, HBase, Flat Files, HDFS, Complex File HDFS, ADLS,
Google Cloud Storage, two (2) Tier D End Points, ten (10) Tier C End Points, and fifty (50) Tier B End
Points
License Each unique Data Quality for Data Engineering Developer Named User must be licensed.
Terms
A Data Quality for Data Engineering Developer Named User license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such
Software within one (1) or more Environment(s) (Production and/or Non-production) provided the combined
deployment, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Data Quality for Data
Engineering Developer Named User licenses purchased by Customer.

Individual components of the Data Quality for Data Engineering license shall not be deployed independently in
different locations in support of separate base installations or utilizing separate Nodes. The Address Validation
Engine and Data Quality Transforms are restricted to deployment in support of the Data Integration Transforms on
big data workflows.

Note: A Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access Developer privilege in the
Informatica Data Quality for Data Engineering software.

Note: The total number of Informatica Data Analyst Named Users included with any number of Data Quality for
Data Engineering Developers licensed may not exceed one hundred ten (110) per Environment. Additional Analyst
Licenses may be purchased and used.

Note: An Informatica Data Analyst Named User has the ability to deploy Profiling, Scorecards, Reference Tables,
Exception Management/Human Task and Rule Specifications capabilities in support of an Informatica Data Quality
for Data Engineering deployment. The Informatica Data Analyst Named User cannot be transferred to or used with
other Informatica Software Licenses.

Note: The Data Engineering Connectivity Package product licenses included with Data Engineering Integration
Developer are restricted to Data Engineering Integration license and associated options and cannot be transferred
to or deployed with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter Environments).
TheDataEngineeringConnectivityPackagepermitsaCustomertodeployandoperatesuch Software with up to the
number of End Points licensed within a Production Environment. Non-production End Point connectivity is not an
applicable license metric.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier B connector is SQL Server. In the event Customer requires a
change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier C connector is Oracle DB. In the event Customer requires a
change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier D connector is Salesforce CRM (Sales & Service Cloud). In
the event Customer requires a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer
Support.

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Informatica Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Data Engineering Streaming

Packaging Data Engineering Streaming provides the functionality to ingest data from streaming sources and integrate data
at multiple latencies (i.e. real-time and batch) in a Big Data Environment.

Data Engineering Streaming includes:

• Continuous processing of data leveraging Spark Streaming libraries

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 27
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Ingests data from streaming sources onto message hubs or Big Data systems
• Real-time capture and processing of streaming data from messaging sources
• Pre-packaged, streaming-specific transformation as well as the ability to leverage BDM
transformations in streaming mode
• Generate streaming compatible mapplets using basic rule definitions
• Mappings are pushed down to a Spark cluster for execution
• Enrichment of data via look-ups from relational or Hadoop sources (Hive, HBase)
• Multi-latency processing in conjunction with BDM
• Administration and monitoring via Admin Console
• High availability and scalability
• Two (2) Tier-D End Points (restricted)
License Data Engineering Streaming requires a license for Data Engineering Integration.
Terms
Data Engineering Streaming permits Customer to deploy and operate such Software on server(s) with up to the
number of Nodes licensed.

Customer may deploy and make such Software accessible to any number of devices (e.g., personal computer,
PDA, server, smart phone, sensors or any other device that may be used to access the Software) or Nodes
configured within the Compute Cluster(s) provided that Customer does not exceed the licensed number of
Nodes. Customer may run multiple Instances (i.e. including Non-Production) of Data Engineering Streaming,
provided that Customer does not exceed the licensed number of Nodes.

The number of Nodes licensed within the Compute Cluster(s) must be equal to the number of Nodes licensed
for Data Engineering Integration.

Note: For purposes of licensing, Admin Nodes are not counted.

Note: The two (2) Tier-D End Points licenses included with Data Engineering Streaming are restricted to licensed
Informatica Data Engineering products and cannot be transferred to or deployed with other Informatica Software
(including, without limitation, other PowerCenter Environments). Data Engineering Streaming permits a
Customer to deploy and operate such Software with up to the number of End Points licensed within a Production
Environment. Non-production End Point connectivity is not an applicable license metric.

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in
this Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Note: Licensed number of Nodes is considered the greater number of the sum of either virtual and/or physical
nodes.

Enterprise Data Catalog

Packaging Enterprise Data Catalog enables Business and IT users to realize the full potential of their enterprise data
assets by providing a unified metadata view that includes technical metadata, business context, user
annotations, relationships, data quality and usage.

Enterprise Data Catalog includes:

• Metadata Resource Ingestion

• Named Enterprise Data Catalog Users
• Developer UI (Restricted Use)
• Semantic Search with Dynamic Facets
• End-to-End Data Lineage
• 360 Data Asset Relationship Views
• Data Profiling Statistics
• Data Domain Inference
• Custom Attribute Tagging
• Business Hierarchy Data Asset Classification
• Smart Domain Auto-Tagging with Machine Learning
• Change Impact Analysis
• Business Glossary (restricted)
• Five (5) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users (restricted to Business Glossary use)
• Hadoop Cluster and run-time license (restricted)
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 28
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• PowerExchange for DB2 for z/OS (Restricted Use)

Note: Informatica Data Analyst Named Users are restricted to Business Glossary use for onboarding business
metadata into Enterprise Data Catalog. No more than five (5) Data Analyst Named Users can be used with
Enterprise Data Catalog.

Note: The Developer UI can only be used to create mapplets for use in the definition of data domains for
Informatica Enterprise Data Catalog software. The Developer UI cannot be used for data integration or data
quality tasks.

Note: PowerExchange for DB2 on z/OS software can only be used for execution of the profiling, domain
discovery, similarity profiling and value frequency extraction execution part of the DB2 z/OS scanner.
License Enterprise Data Catalog permits a Customer to deploy and operate such Software on server(s) with up to the
Terms number of Metadata Resources licensed. An Enterprise Data Catalog license entitles Customer to deploy and
operate such Software within any number of Environments (Production or Non-production) provided such use,
including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of unique Enterprise Data Catalog
Metadata Resource licenses purchased by Customer.

Metadata Resources are defined and configured by Customer in the manner Customer deploys the product. For
example: if the Customer has a database of fifty (50) schemas, Customer has the flexibility to define one (1)
Metadata Resource at the database level; or define fifty (50) Metadata Resources at the schema level. For
purposes of determining the number of Metadata Resources required to be licensed, in the first case, the
Metadata Resource count is one (1) and in the second case, the Metadata Resource count is fifty (50).

Metadata Resources for Informatica products licensed by a Customer do not count towards the number of
Metadata Resources licensed.

Enterprise Data Catalog can be deployed on an existing Hadoop Cluster or with the embedded Hadoop Cluster
that is restricted to deployment solely in support of Enterprise Data Catalog and can be scaled up to maximum
eight (8) Nodes.

Enterprise Data Preparation

Packaging The Enterprise Data Preparation includes the functionality for self-service data preparation with governance in a
supported data lake.

Enterprise Data Preparation includes:

• Twenty-five (25) Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users

• Semantic Search with Dynamic Facets
• Collaborative preparation of data
• Publishing of new assets to the data lake
• Guided data preparation
• Project collaboration
• Data asset recommendations
• Wizard-based data uploads
• PowerExchange for Tableau
License Enterprise Data Preparation requires a license for Data Engineering Integration and Enterprise Data Catalog.
Terms
Enterprise Data Preparation permits Customer to deploy and operate such Software on server(s) with up to the
number of Named Users licensed.

Enterprise Data Preparation entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software within any number of
Environments (Production or Non-production) provided such deployment, including all components of such
Software, does not exceed the total number of Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users licenses purchased by
Customer.

Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users

Packaging Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users permits Customer to search data assets in the metadata repository,
explore assets via object overviews, summary lineage and relationships, get recommendations, upload new
assets to the Enterprise Data Preparation, and collaboratively prepare and publish new assets to the data lake.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 29
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Enterprise Data Preparation Named User includes:

• One (1) Enterprise Data Preparation Named User

License Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users requires a license for Enterprise Data Preparation or Enterprise
Terms Data Preparation Foundation

Each Enterprise Data Preparation Named User license allows one (1) additional unique Named User to deploy
and operate such Software within any number of Environments (Production or Non-production) provided such
use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Enterprise Data
Preparation Named Users licenses purchased by Customer.

DATA ENGINEERING INTEGRATION OPTIONS

Informatica DI Server Add-On

Packaging Informatica DI Server Add-On is used to scale workloads that need to run outside of a Big Data framework.

Informatica DI Server Add-On includes:

• Data Integration Transforms

• Dynamic Schemas, Templates & Dynamic Mappings
• Profiling (Column, Rule)
• Data Domain Discovery
• Parser, Classifier and Labeler (formerly entity extraction) Transforms (restricted to supporting named
entity recognition)
• Workflow on Grid
• Database Pushdown Optimization
• Performance Optimization including Blaze
• High Availability of Model Repository and Data Integration Services
• Data Transformation
• Data Engineering Integration Team Based Development
• SQL to Mapping Conversion
License An Informatica DI Server Add-On License entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software provided such
Terms use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of CPU-core licenses
purchased by Customer for such Environment.

Informatica DI Server Add-On is restricted to supporting Data Engineering Integration deployments and cannot
be licensed for standalone deployments or in support of other Informatica Software. Informatica DI Server Add-
On may leverage any functionality supporting Data Engineering Integration.

Customer may deploy multiple Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such
Environments does not exceed the number of CPU-cores licensed. The components of this Software are
restricted to deployment in support of the Data Integration Transform workflows executed through Informatica DI
Server Add-On.

Informatica DI Server Add-On is offered based on alternative license grants which are determined by Customer
at the time of licensing. The alternative chosen by Customer is referenced in the product SKU description on the
applicable Exhibit A.

Informatica DI Server Add-On Lab License

Packaging Informatica DI Server Add-On Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the corresponding
Informatica DI Server Add-On Production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes
solely in a Non-production Environment.

Informatica DI Server Add-On Lab License includes:

• Informatica DI Server Add-On Lab CPU-cores

License A DI Server Add-On Lab License entitles Customer to use DI Server Add-On within a Non-production Environment
Terms provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-
core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 30
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Customer may deploy multiple DI Server Add-On Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores
associated with the sum of such Environments does not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed.

A DI Server Add-On Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes,
and shall not be used in a Production Environment.

Each Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of DI Server
Add-On.

Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications.

It is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Environments for multiple lab stages (i.e., development,
test and quality assurance.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On

Packaging Informatica DQ Server Add-On is used to scale data quality workloads that need to run outside of a Big Data
framework.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On includes:

• Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package (Native execution only)

• Data Quality Transforms
• Data Integration Transformations (Restricted for use within a Data Quality mapping, Excluded
transformations: Sequence generator, Update strategy, Normalizer)
• Rule Builder
• Reference Table Management
• Team Based Development for MRS Repository
License Informatica DQ Server Add-On requires a license for Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Terms Engineering and DI Server Add-On.

An Informatica DQ Server Add-On License entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software provided such
use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of CPU-core licenses
purchased by Customer for such Environment.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On is restricted to supporting Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering deployments and cannot be licensed for stand-alone deployments or in support of other Informatica
Software.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On may leverage any functionality supporting Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality
for Data Engineering. Customer may deploy multiple Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores
associated with such Environments does not exceed the number of CPU-cores licensed.

The components of this Software are restricted to deployment in support of the Data Quality Transform workflows
executed through Informatica DQ Server Add-On.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On is offered based on alternative license grants which are determined by Customer
at the time of licensing. The alternative chosen by Customer is referenced in the product SKU description on the
applicable Exhibit A.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On Lab License

Packaging Informatica DQ Server Add-On Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the corresponding
Informatica DQ Server Add-On Production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes
solely in a Non-production Environment.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On Lab License includes:

• Informatica DQ Server Add-On Lab CPU-cores

License A DQ Server Add-On Lab License entitles Customer to use DQ Server Add-On within a Non-production
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of
Lab CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment.
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 31
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Customer may deploy multiple DQ Server Add-On Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores
associated with the sum of such Environments does not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed.

A DQ Server Add-On Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance
purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment.

Each Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of DQ Server
Add-On.

Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications.

It is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Environments for multiple lab stages (i.e., development,
test and quality assurance.

Tier D Connector
Packaging A Tier D Connector allows Customer to connect supported Informatica cloud services and/or platform products as
defined by the Connector PAM to designated Tier D third party services and/or technologies (see website in
License Terms for supported platforms and service/technology tier definitions).
License Tier D Connector is licensed on a subscription basis. Tier D Connector(s) is offered based on one of three metrics
Terms which are determined by Customer at the time of licensing. The metric chosen by Customer is referenced in the
product SKU description on the applicable Exhibit A.

Available license metrics are:

• Per End Point: For each Tier D Connector licensed, Customer may connect one (1) End Point to any
supported Informatica Cloud Service Instance and/or Software application(s) Connectivity to additional
Tier D End Point(s) require additional license(s).

• Per Data Type: For each “Tier D Connectors Unlimited per type per consecutive month” SKU licensed,
Customer may connect Informatica Cloud Service and/or Software applications Instances to any
number of End Point connections of the data type specified.

• Per Tier D: For each “Tier D Connectors unlimited per consecutive month” SKU licensed, Customer
may connect Informatica Cloud Service and/or Software applications Instances to any number of End
Point connections of the data types specified within Tier D.

Not all Tier D Connectors are available on all software base, editions, and options. The list of supported Tier D
Connectors is in the Connector PAM located at https://network.informatica.com/docs/DOC-16739.

Note: When a connector is provided as part of a bundle, any additional restrictions specified in the bundle
license terms shall apply.

Tier C Connector
Packaging A Tier C Connector allows Customer to connect supported Informatica cloud services and/or platform products as
defined by the Connector PAM to designated Tier C third party services and/or technologies (see website in
License Terms for supported platforms and service/technology tier definitions).
License Tier C Connector is licensed on a subscription basis. Tier C Connector(s) is offered based on one of three metrics
Terms which are determined by Customer at the time of licensing. The metric chosen by Customer is referenced in the
product SKU description on the applicable Exhibit A.

Available license metrics are:

• Per End Point: For each Tier C Connector licensed, Customer may connect one (1) End Point to any
supported Informatica Cloud Service Instance and/or Software application(s) Connectivity to additional
Tier C End Point(s) require additional license(s).

• Per Data Type: For each “Tier C Connectors Unlimited per type per consecutive month” SKU licensed,
Customer may connect Informatica Cloud Service and/or Software applications Instances to any
number of End Point connections of the data type specified.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 32
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Per Tier C: For each “Tier C Connectors unlimited per consecutive month” SKU licensed, Customer
may connect Informatica Cloud Service and/or Software applications Instances to any number of End
Point connections of the data types specified within Tier C.

Not all Tier C Connectors are available on all software base, editions, and options. The list of supported Tier C
Connectors is in the Connector PAM located at https://network.informatica.com/docs/DOC-16739.

Note: When a connector is provided as part of a bundle, any additional restrictions specified in the bundle license
terms shall apply.

Tier B Connector
Packaging A Tier B Connector allows Customer to connect supported Informatica cloud services and/or platform products as
defined by the Connector PAM to designated Tier B third party services and/or technologies (see website in
License Terms for supported platforms and service/technology tier definitions).
License Tier B Connector is licensed on a subscription basis. Tier B Connector(s) is offered based on one of three metrics
Terms which are determined by Customer at the time of licensing. The metric chosen by Customer is referenced in the
product SKU description on the applicable Exhibit A.

Available license metrics are:

• Per End Point: For each Tier B Connector licensed, Customer may connect one (1) End Point to any
supported Informatica Cloud Service Instance and/or Software application(s) Connectivity to additional
Tier B End Point(s) require additional license(s).

• Per Data Type: For each Tier B Connectors Unlimited per type per consecutive month SKU licensed,
Customer may connect Informatica Cloud Service and/or Software applications Instances to any
number of End Point connections of the data type specified.

• Per Tier B: For each Tier B Connectors unlimited per consecutive month SKU licensed, Customer may
connect Informatica Cloud Service and/or Software applications Instances to any number of End Point
connections of the data types specified within Tier B.

Not all Tier B Connectors are available on all software base, editions, and options. The list of supported Tier B
Connectors is in the Connector PAM located at https://network.informatica.com/docs/DOC-16739.

Note: When a Connector is provided as part of a bundle, any additional restrictions specified in the bundle license
terms shall apply.

DATA ENGINEERING DEVELOPER

Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User

Packaging Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User masks sensitive production and production support
data without making any changes to application source-code or database.

Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User includes:

• Dynamic Data Masking on a supported Compute Cluster.

Supported relational and non-relational data platforms: Compute Cluster

License Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User requires a license for Data Engineering Integration
Terms Developer Edition.

Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User may be licensed in support of Data Engineering
Integration Developer Edition for an additional fee. Each unique Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer
Named User must be licensed. The number of Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named Users
licensed must be equal to the number of Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition Named Users. A Data
Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such
Software within one (1) or more Environment(s) (Production and/or Non-production) provided the combined
deployment, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Data Engineering
Dynamic Masking Developer Named User licenses purchased by Customer.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 33
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Note: A Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access Developer privilege in the Data
Engineering Integration software.

Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition

Packaging Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition provides the functionality to integrate data in a Big Data
Environment.

Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition includes:

• Data Integration Transforms

• Profiling (Column, Rule) (restricted to data to be processed or already has been processed in a
Compute Cluster)
• Informatica Data Engineering Parser
• Database Pushdown Optimization
• Performance Optimization including Blaze
• Dynamic Schemas, Templates, and Dynamic Mappings, and mass ingestion capabilities from
database sources
• High Availability of Model Repository and Data Integration Services
• Data Engineering Integration Team Based Development
• SQL to Mapping Conversion

Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition also includes:

• Five (5) Informatica Data Engineering Integration Developer Named Users
• Five (5) Informatica DI Server Add-On Developer Named Users (restricted to using licensed
connectors as a source or target for data to be used, or already has been, processed in Compute
Cluster))
• One hundred (100) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users
• Unlimited Tier A End Points
• Data Engineering Connectivity Package providing unlimited End Points for the following data types:
Azure Blob, AWS S3, Hive, Hadoop, SQOOP, HBase, Flat Files, HDFS, Complex File HDFS, ADLS,
two (2) Tier D End Points, Ten (10) Tier C End Points, and Fifty (50) Tier B End Points
• Data Engineering Integration Application Services means the server-based components that enable
the Data Engineering Integration capabilities to function. Application Services may be deployed on
any server(s) in support of Data Engineering Integration processing with Compute Cluster). Data
Engineering Integration Application Services components include the following:
o Data Integration Service
o Model Repository Service
o Analyst Service
License A Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software
Terms within an Environment (Production and/or Non-production) provided such deployment, including all components
of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition Named
User licenses purchased by Customer. Individual components of the Data Engineering Integration Developer
Edition license shall not be deployed independently in different locations in support of separate base installations
or utilizing separate Nodes.

The restricted use of Informatica DI Server Add-On and Informatica Data Engineering Parser are restricted to
deployment in support of the Data Integration Transforms on big data workflows and restricted to licensed
connectors that source or target data to be processed or already has been processed in Compute Cluster).

Note: A Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access Developer privilege in the
Informatica Data Engineering Integration software.

Note: An Informatica Data Analyst Named User has the ability to deploy profiling capabilities in support of an
Informatica Data Engineering Integration deployment.

Note: The Data Engineering Connectivity Package product licenses included with Data Engineering Integration
Developer are restricted to Data Engineering Integration license and associated options and cannot be
transferred to or deployed with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter
Environments). The Data Engineering Connectivity Package permits a Customer to deploy and operate such
Software with up to the number of End Points licensed within a Production Environment. Non-production End
Point connectivity is not an applicable license metric.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 34
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier B connector is SQL Server. In the event Customer requires
a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier C connector is Oracle DB. In the event Customer requires
a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer Support.

Note: Unless otherwise specified, the default for Tier D connector is Salesforce CRM (Sales & Service Cloud).
In the event Customer requires a change of the default connector, Customer should contact Global Customer
Support.

Note: If Customer has an existing PowerCenter Production Environment deployed, then Customer shall be
entitled to deploy one (1) additional PowerCenter Environment equal to the number of CPU-cores licensed for the
existing PowerCenter Production Environment and any associated PowerCenter Non-production Environment to
support Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition. This additional PowerCenter Environment supporting
Data Engineering Integration is also restricted to licensed connectivity that source or target data to be processed
or already has been processed in Compute Cluster. No additional CPU-core licenses are granted with this
deployment. For example, if Customer owns eight (8) PowerCenter CPU-cores in an Environment, they may
deploy a second PowerCenter Environment of no more than eight (8) CPU-cores in support of Data Engineering
(any Edition). Any Options, Packs, Packages, and PowerExchange products (Environment or CPU-core based)
may be deployed in the additional Environment in support of the Data Engineering Software without any
incremental license requirements.

Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User

Packaging Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User permits the Named User to integrate, profile (Column,
Rule), and parse data in a Big Data Environment.

Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User includes:

• One (1) Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User

License Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User requires a license for Data Engineering Integration
Terms Developer Edition.

Each Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User license permits one (1) additional unique Named User
to access the Data Engineering Integration Developer Software. Customer may deploy multiple Environments
provided the total number of Informatica Data Engineering Integration Developer Named Users associated with
such Environments does not exceed the number of Informatica Data Engineering Integration Developer Named
Users licensed.

Note: A Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access Developer privilege in the
Informatica Data Engineering Integration software.

Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named User

Packaging Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named User masks sensitive structured data during testing and
development.

Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named User includes:

• Persistent Data Masking on a supported Compute Cluster)

Supported relational and non-relational data platforms: source and/or targets must be a supported Compute
Cluster.
License Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named User requires a license for Data Engineering Integration
Terms Developer Edition.

Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named User may be licensed in support of Data Engineering
Integration Developer Edition for an additional fee.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 35
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Each unique Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named User must be licensed. The number of Data
Engineering Persistent Masking Developer Named Users licensed must be equal to the number of Data
Engineering Integration Developer Edition Named Users.

A Data Engineering Persistent Masking Developer license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software
within one (1) or more Environment(s) (Production and/or Non-production) provided the combined deployment,
including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Data Engineering Persistent
Masking Developer Named User licenses purchased by Customer.

Note: A Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access Developer privilege in the Data
Engineering Integration software.

Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User

Packaging Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User provides the functionality to integrate, standardize, enhance,
and cleanse data in a Hadoop-based or Big Data Environment.

A Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User license includes:

• Data Domain Discovery

• Informatica Developer User Interface
• Informatica Administrator User Interface
• Informatica Analyst Viewer User Interface
• Application Services
o Data Integration Service
o Repository Service
o Analyst Service
o Content Management Service
• Address Validation Engine Data Quality Transforms
• A Data Engineering Quality Environment includes one hundred ten (110) Informatica Data Analyst
Named Users excluding the number of Developers or Nodes purchased. (Note: one hundred ten
(110) Data Analyst Named Users in total and not in addition to the one hundred (100) Informatica
Data Analyst Named Users included in Big Data Management) with access to:
• Profiling (Rule / Column) (restricted to data to be processed or already has been processed in
Hadoop)
o Scorecarding
o Exception Management User Interface
o Reference Table Management
o Discovery Search
o Rule Specifications
License Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User requires a license for Data Engineering Integration Developer
Terms Edition.

Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User may be licensed in support of Big Data Management Developer
Edition for an additional fee. Each unique Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User must be licensed.
The number of Data Engineering Quality Developer Named Users licensed must be equal to the number of Big
Data Management Developer Edition Named Users.

A Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such
Software within one (1) or more Environment(s) (Production and/or Non-production) provided the combined
deployment, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Data Engineering
Quality Developer Named User licenses purchased by Customer.

Individual components of the Data Engineering Quality license shall not be deployed independently in different
locations in support of separate base installations or utilizing separate Nodes. The Address Validation Engine
and Data Quality Transforms are restricted to deployment in support of the Data Integration Transforms on big
data workflows.

Note: A Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access Developer privilege in the
Informatica Data Engineering Integration software.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 36
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Note: The total number of Informatica Data Analyst Named Users included with any number of Data Engineering
Quality Developers licensed may not exceed one hundred ten (110) per Environment. Additional Analyst Licenses
may be purchased and used.

Note: An Informatica Data Analyst Named User has the ability to deploy Profiling, Scorecards, Reference Tables,
Exception Management/Human Task and Rule Specifications capabilities in support of an Informatica Data
Engineering Quality deployment. The Informatica Data Analyst Named User cannot be transferred to or used with
other Informatica Software Licenses.

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Informatica Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User

Packaging The Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User provides the functionality to ingest data from
streaming sources and integrate data at multiple latencies (i.e. real-time and batch) in a Big Data Environment.

Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User includes:

• Continuous processing of data leveraging Spark Streaming libraries

• Ingests data from streaming sources onto message hubs or data lake systems (restricted to 1TB data
volume per month for processing done outside the Compute Cluster)
• Real-time capture and processing of streaming data from messaging sources
• Pre-packaged, streaming-specific transformation as well as the ability to leverage Data Engineering
Integration transformations in streaming mode
• Generate streaming compatible mapplets using basic rule definitions
• Mappings are pushed down to a Spark cluster for execution
• Enrichment of data via look-ups from relational or Big Data sources (HBase)
• Multi-latency processing in conjunction with Data Engineering Integration
• Administration and monitoring via Admin Console
• High availability and scalability
• Two (2) Tier D End Points (restricted)
License Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User requires a license for Data Engineering Integration
Terms Developer Edition.

Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User may be licensed in support of Data Engineering Integration
Developer Edition for an additional fee. Each unique Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User must
be licensed. The number of Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named Users licensed must be equal to the
number of Data Engineering Integration Developer Edition Named Users. A Data Engineering Streaming
Developer license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software within one (1) or more Environment(s)
(Production and/or Non-production) provided the combined deployment, including all components of such
Software, does not exceed the total number of Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User licenses
purchased by Customer.

Note: A Data Engineering Streaming Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access
Developer privilege in the Data Engineering Integration software.

Note: All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this
Product Description Schedule shall continue to apply

DI Server Add-On Developer Named User

Packaging DI Server Add-On Developer Named User is used to scale workloads that need to run outside of a Big Data
framework.

DI Server Add-On Developer Named User includes:

• Data Integration Transforms

• Dynamic Schemas, Templates & Dynamic Mappings
• Profiling (Column, Rule)
• Data Domain Discovery
• Parser, Classifier and Labeler (formerly entity extraction) Transforms (restricted to supporting named
entity recognition)

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 37
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Workflow on Grid
• Database Pushdown Optimization
• Performance Optimization including Blaze
• High Availability of Model Repository and Data Integration Services
• Data Transformation
• Data Engineering Integration Team Based Development
• SQL to Mapping Conversion
License DI Server Add-On Developer Named User may be licensed in support of Data Engineering Integration Developer
Terms Edition for an additional fee.

Each unique DI Server Add-On Developer Named User must be licensed.

The number of DI Server Add-On Developer Named Users licensed must be equal to the number of Data
Engineering Integration Developer Edition Named Users.

A DI Server Add-On Developer Named User license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software within
one (1) or more Environment(s) (Production and/or Non-production) provided the combined deployment, including
all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of DI Server Add-On Developer Named User
licenses purchased by Customer.

DQ Server Add-On Developer Named User

Packaging Informatica DQ Server Add-On Developer Named User is used to scale data quality workloads that need to run
outside of the Hadoop framework.

Informatica DQ Server Add-On Developer Named User includes:

• Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package (Native execution only)

• Data Quality Transforms
• Rule Builder
• Reference Table Management
• Team Based Development for MRS Repository
License DQ Server Add-On Developer Named User may be licensed in support of Data Engineering Integration Developer
Terms Edition for an additional fee.

Each unique DQ Server Add-On Developer Named User must be licensed.

The number of DQ Server Add-On Developer Named Users licensed must be equal to the number of Data
Engineering Integration Developer Edition Named Users.

A DQ Server Add-On Developer Named User license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software
within one (1) or more Environment(s) (Production and/or Non-production) provided the combined deployment,
including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of DQ Server Add-On Developer
Named User licenses purchased by Customer.

SUCCESS PACKS

Axon Adoption Success Pack

Packaging Axon Adoption Success Pack is a services engagement that includes an architecture review, software installation
and business rule generation for one (1) data governance use case in a Non-production Environment. This
services engagement allows Customer to start a project quickly with optimal product installation and configuration.
The adoption services help Customer accelerate data governance by having a reviewed architecture, installation
plan, and a provisioned Axon Environment. Axon Adoption Success Pack does not include integration of Axon
with other Informatica products.

Activities

• High-level architecture review

• Installation of one (1) Axon Environment
• Prototype use case to demonstrate process of setting up glossaries, definitions, datasets, workflows,
etc. using Axon

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 38
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Deliverables

• Axon runbook including installation and configuration details

• Data Governance Business Adoption Workshop
• Delivery of one (1) business use case in a Non-production Environment
• High level solution roadmap
• Recommendations for ongoing business adoption and data governance success

Limitation of Scope: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Axon
Adoption services are limited in scope to technical configuration(s) of Axon Software and specifically exclude
guidance relating to the amount and type of licenses Customer is or may be entitled to deploy. Customer is and
shall be, at all times, responsible for adherence to applicable license metrics and terms.

Fees for Unknown Circumstances: The fees specified in the applicable order cover commercially reasonable
efforts to deliver the adoption services outlined above based on Informatica’s current understanding of the scope
and system environment for most customers. Third-party systems, unidentified data sources, Customer-specific
configurations, and other unknown circumstances may implicate payment of additional fees for delivery of the
adoption services.

Changes in Scope: The results, accuracy, and contents of Informatica’s deliverables are dependent upon the
content and accuracy of information provided by Customer during the initial project scoping and during day-to-day
project activities. Informatica shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate changes requested by Customer as
part of a scope change request process. Change requests may result in an increase in scope, effort and cost.

Project Assumptions and Considerations:

• Customer will provide configured and ready hardware servers and databases adequate to support
the Informatica Software components of the project effort. Informatica will make itself available to
consult with Customer with regard to these efforts after project initialization.
• In the event performance of the adoption services requires Informatica to be onsite at Customer’s
location, Customer will provide adequate facilities, equipment, and tools such as workspace,
computer hardware network access, development tools, offices, telephones, photocopiers, fax
machines, and voice and Customer electronic mail for all team members and consultants, to the
extent commercially reasonable. The primary facilities will be Customer’s offices.
• Customer will provide technical personnel to support system administration and database
administration for this project.
• Customer will provide business Subject Matter Experts knowledgeable regarding existing systems to
aid in design and development, and knowledgeable of the source systems to support Informatica’s
data management activities. These personnel will be available without undue delay to clarify the
business requirements, for sign-off of design documents, and for validation of design, development
and/or testing reconciliation results as needed.
• Subject to its policies and procedures for access and information security, Customer will provide
ongoing access to the source/legacy and target systems required for this effort.
• Customer will provide timely and expeditious resolution of business and/or technical issues arising
from the effort.

Customer will provide detailed and complete data management rules and/or business specifications for the project
in the form of a comprehensive requirements specification document. Informatica will be available to assist with
this effort, as required.
License Axon Adoption Success Pack can be purchased as an add-on to Premium Success or as a stand-alone option for
Terms Axon.

Axon Adoption Success Pack services shall be agreed upon in advance in a Level of Effort document between
Customer and Informatica.

Data Engineering Integration Adoption Success Pack

Packaging Data Engineering Integration Adoption Success Pack is a services engagement that includes a number of reviews,
assessments and checkpoints throughout the year to help identify and resolve deployment issues, provide Update
guidance, performance guidance and Environment check-ups. The services will help Customers accelerate
development by having a reviewed architecture plan, a provisioned development Environment with configured
supported execution engines and at least two (2) key data End Points configured and tested.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 39
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Activities

• Installation of one (1) Data Engineering Integration Environment (development Environment typically)
• Configuration for at least two (2) End Points (connections) and connectivity tests
• Creation of at least two (2) templates of data integration mappings using Data Engineering
Integration either ingesting, transforming or extracting data from a Compute Cluster

Deliverables

• Data Engineering Integration Runbook including installation and configuration details

• Integration mappings (minimum two (2)) covering most likely integration scenarios using Customer
data

Limitation of Scope: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Data
Engineering Integration adoption services are limited in scope to technical configuration(s) of Data Engineering
Integration Software and specifically exclude guidance relating to the amount and type of licenses Customer is or
may be entitled to deploy. Customer is and shall be, at all times, responsible for adherence to applicable license
metrics and terms.
Fees for Unknown Circumstances: The fees specified in the applicable order cover commercially reasonable
efforts to deliver the adoption services outlined above based on Informatica’s current understanding of the scope
and system environment for most customers. Third-party systems, unidentified data sources, Customer-specific
configurations, and other unknown circumstances may implicate payment of additional fees for delivery of the
adoption services.
Changes in Scope: The results, accuracy, and contents of Informatica’s deliverables are dependent upon the
content and accuracy of information provided by Customer during the initial project scoping and during day-to-day
project activities. Informatica shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate changes requested by Customer as
part of a scope change request process. Change Requests may result in an increase in scope, effort and cost.
License Data Engineering Integration Adoption Success Pack can be purchased as an add-on to Premium Success or as
Terms a stand-alone option for Data Engineering Integration. Data Engineering Integration Adoption Success Pack
services shall be agreed upon in advance in a Level of Effort document between Customer and Informatica.

Enterprise Data Catalog Adoption Success Pack

Packaging Enterprise Data Catalog Adoption Success Pack is a services engagement that includes a number of reviews,
assessments and checkpoints throughout the year to help identify and resolve deployment issues, provide update
guidance, performance guidance and environment check-ups. This services engagement allows Customer to
start a project quickly with optimal product installation and configuration. The Enterprise Data Catalog Adoption
Success Pack also allows Customer to benefit from ensuring successful metadata scanning for up to three (3)
out-of-the-box metadata sources. The adoption services help Customer accelerate enterprise metadata
management by having a reviewed architecture, installation plan, and a provisioned Enterprise Data Catalog
Environment with Analyst services.

Activities

• Installation of one (1) Data Engineering Integration Environment to support Enterprise Data Catalog (if
not already installed)
• Installation of one (1) Enterprise Data Catalog and Analyst service
• Configuration and scanning for at least three (3) out-of-the-box metadata sources (examples: Oracle,
SQL Server, DB2, Erwin etc.)

Deliverables
• Enterprise Data Catalog runbook including installation and configuration details

Limitation of Scope: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that the
Enterprise Data Catalog adoption services are limited in scope to technical configuration(s) of Enterprise Data
Catalog Software and specifically exclude guidance relating to the amount and type of licenses Customer is or
may be entitled to deploy. Customer is and shall be, at all times, responsible for adherence to applicable license
metrics and terms.

Fees for Unknown Circumstances: The fees specified in the applicable order cover commercially reasonable
efforts to deliver the Adoption Services outlined above based on Informatica’s current understanding of the scope
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 40
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
and system environment for most customers. Third-party systems, unidentified data sources, Customer-specific
configurations, and other unknown circumstances may implicate payment of additional fees for delivery of the
adoption services.

Changes in Scope: The results, accuracy, and contents of Informatica’s deliverables are dependent upon the
content and accuracy of information provided by Customer during the initial project scoping and during day-to-day
project activities. Informatica shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate changes requested by Customer as
part of a scope change request process. Change requests may result in an increase in scope, effort and cost.

Project Assumptions and Considerations:

• Customer will provide configured and ready hardware servers and databases adequate to support the
Informatica Software components of the project effort. Informatica will make itself available to consult
with Customer with regard to these efforts after project initialization.
• In the event performance of the adoption services requires Informatica to be onsite at Customer’s
location, Customer will provide adequate facilities, equipment, and tools such as workspace, computer
hardware network access, development tools, offices, telephones, photocopiers, fax machines, and
voice and Customer electronic mail for all team members and consultants, to the extent commercially
reasonable. The primary facilities will be Customer’s offices.
• Customer will provide technical personnel to support system administration and database
administration for this project.
• Customer will provide business Subject Matter Experts knowledgeable regarding existing systems to
aid in design and development, and knowledgeable of the source systems to support Informatica’s data
management activities. These personnel will be available without undue delay to clarify the business
requirements, for sign-off of design documents, and for validation of design, development and/or testing
reconciliation results as needed.
• Subject to its policies and procedures for access and information security, Customer will provide
ongoing access to the source/legacy and target systems required for this effort.
• Customer will provide timely and expeditious resolution of business and/or technical issues arising from
the effort.

Customer will provide detailed and complete data management rules and/or business specifications for the project
in the form of a comprehensive requirements specification document. Informatica will be available to assist with
this effort, as required.
License Enterprise Data Catalog Adoption Success Pack can be purchased as an add-on to Premium Success or as a
Terms stand-alone option for Enterprise Data Catalog. Enterprise Data Catalog Adoption Success Pack services shall
be agreed upon in advance in a Level of Effort document between Customer and Informatica.

Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon Adoption Success Pack

Packaging Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon Adoption Success Pack is a services engagement that includes an architecture
review, software installation and initial scanner configuration using customer data for one (1) data governance use
case in a Non-production Environment. This services engagement allows Customer to start a project quickly with
optimal product installation and configuration. Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon Adoption Success Pack also
allows Customer to benefit from ensuring successful data governance use case including business rule generation
with associated metadata scanning for one out-of-the-box metadata source. The services help Customer
accelerate enterprise metadata management and data governance by having a reviewed architecture, installation
plan, and a provisioned Enterprise Data Catalog Environment with Analyst services and a provisioned Axon
Environment. Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon Adoption does not include integration of Axon and EDC with
other Informatica products.

Activities

• Installation of one (1) Data Engineering Integration Environment to support Enterprise Data Catalog (if
not already installed)
• Installation of one (1) Informatica Axon environment
• Prototype use case to demonstrate process of setting up glossaries, definitions, datasets, workflows,
etc. using Axon
• Installation of one (1) Enterprise Data Catalog and Analyst service
• Connectivity configuration and testing between Informatica Axon and Informatica Enterprise Data
Catalog

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 41
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Configuration and scanning for up to one out-of-the-box metadata sources (examples: Oracle, SQL
Server, DB2, Erwin etc.)
• Data Governance use case including rule creation in Axon integrated with scanned metadata from
Enterprise Data Catalog

Deliverables

• Enterprise Data Catalog runbook including installation and configuration details

• Axon runbook including installation and configuration details
• Data Governance Business Adoption Workshop
• Delivery of a business use case in a Non-production Environment
• High-level solution roadmap
• Recommendations for ongoing business adoption and data governance success

Limitation of Scope: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that the
Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon adoption services are limited in scope to technical configuration(s) of
Informatica Software and specifically exclude guidance relating to the amount and type of licenses Customer is or
may be entitled to deploy. Customer is and shall be, at all times, responsible for adherence to applicable license
metrics and terms.

Fees for Unknown Circumstances: The fees specified in the applicable order cover commercially reasonable
efforts to deliver the adoption services outlined above based on Informatica’s current understanding of the scope
and system environment for most customers. Third-party systems, unidentified data sources, Customer-specific
configurations, and other unknown circumstances may implicate payment of additional fees for delivery of the
adoption services.

Changes in Scope: The results, accuracy, and contents of Informatica’s deliverables are dependent upon the
content and accuracy of information provided by Customer during the initial project scoping and during day-to-day
project activities. Informatica shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate changes requested by Customer as
part of a scope change request process. Change requests may result in an increase in scope, effort and cost.

Project Assumptions and Considerations:

• Customer will provide configured and ready hardware servers and databases adequate to support the
Informatica Software components of the project effort. Informatica will make itself available to consult
with Customer with regard to these efforts after project initialization.
• In the event performance of the adoption services requires Informatica to be onsite at Customer’s
location, Customer will provide adequate facilities, equipment, and tools such as workspace, computer
hardware network access, development tools, offices, telephones, photocopiers, fax machines, and
voice and Customer electronic mail for all team members and consultants, to the extent commercially
reasonable. The primary facilities will be Customer’s offices.
• Customer will provide technical personnel to support system administration and database
administration for this project.
• Customer will provide business Subject Matter Experts knowledgeable regarding existing systems to
aid in design and development, and knowledgeable of the source systems to support Informatica’s data
management activities. These personnel will be available without undue delay to clarify the business
requirements, for sign-off of design documents, and for validation of design, development and/or testing
reconciliation results as needed
• Subject to its policies and procedures for access and information security, Customer will provide
ongoing access to the source/legacy and target systems required for this effort.
• Customer will provide timely and expeditious resolution of business and/or technical issues arising from
the effort.

Customer will provide detailed and complete data management rules and/or business specifications for the project
in the form of a comprehensive requirements specification document. Informatica will be available to assist with
this effort, as required.
License Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon Adoption Success Pack can be purchased as an add-on to Premium Success
Terms or as a standalone option for Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon.

Enterprise Data Catalog and Axon Adoption Success Pack shall be agreed upon in advance in a Level of Effort
document between Customer and Informatica

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 42
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Enterprise Data Preparation Adoption Success Pack
Packaging Enterprise Data Preparation Adoption Success Pack is a services engagement that includes an architecture
review, software installation and example recipe creation using Customer data. This services engagement allows
Customer to start a project quickly with optimal product installation and configuration.

Enterprise Data Preparation Adoption Success Pack also allows Customer to benefit from ensuring successful
product configuration in conjunction with already installed and tested Data Engineering Integration and Enterprise
Data Catalog Software. The adoption services help Customer accelerate their enterprise data preparation by
having a reviewed architecture, installation plan, and a provisioned Enterprise Data Preparation Service.

Activities

• Architecture plan review for Enterprise Data Preparation integrating with Data Engineering Integration
and Enterprise Data Catalog
• Installation and configuration of Enterprise Data Preparation
• Configuration for connectivity to Customer Data Lake (if applicable)
• Configuration and execution of one (1) example of self-service analytics including data preparation and
data set propagation

Deliverables

• Enterprise Data Preparation runbook including installation and configuration details

Limitation of Scope: Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that the
Enterprise Data Preparation adoption services provided hereunder are limited in scope to technical
configuration(s) of Enterprise Data Preparation Software and specifically exclude guidance relating to the amount
and type of licenses Customer is or may be entitled to deploy. Customer is and shall be, at all times, responsible
for adherence to applicable license metrics and terms.

Fees for Unknown Circumstances: The fees specified in the applicable order cover commercially reasonable
efforts to deliver the adoption services outlined above based on Informatica’s current understanding of the scope
and system environment for most customers. Third-party systems, unidentified data sources, Customer-specific
configurations, and other unknown circumstances may implicate payment of additional fees for delivery of the
adoption services.

Changes in Scope: The results, accuracy, and contents of Informatica’s deliverables are dependent upon the
content and accuracy of information provided by Customer during the initial project scoping and during day-to-day
project activities. Informatica shall make reasonable efforts to accommodate changes requested by Customer as
part of a scope change request process. Change requests may result in an increase in scope, effort and cost.

Project Assumptions and Considerations:

• Customer will provide configured and ready hardware servers and databases adequate to support the
Informatica Software components of the project effort. Informatica will make itself available to consult
with Customer with regard to these efforts after project initialization.
• In the event performance of the adoption services requires Informatica to be onsite at Customer’s
location, Customer will provide adequate facilities, equipment, and tools such as workspace, computer
hardware network access, development tools, offices, telephones, photocopiers, fax machines, and
voice and Customer electronic mail for all team members and consultants, to the extent commercially
reasonable. The primary facilities will be Customer’s offices.
• Customer will provide technical personnel to support system administration and database
administration for this project.
• Customer will provide business Subject Matter Experts knowledgeable regarding existing systems to
aid in design and development, and knowledgeable of the source systems to support Informatica’s data
management activities. These personnel will be available without undue delay to clarify the business
requirements, for sign-off of design documents, and for validation of design, development and/or testing
reconciliation results as needed
• Subject to its policies and procedures for access and information security, Customer will provide
ongoing access to the source/legacy and target systems required for this effort.
• Customer will provide timely and expeditious resolution of business and/or technical issues arising from
the effort.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 43
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Customer will provide detailed and complete data management rules and/or business specifications for the project
in the form of a comprehensive requirements specification document. Informatica will be available to assist with
this effort, as required.
License Enterprise Data Preparation Adoption Success Pack can be purchased as an add-on to Premium Success or as
Terms a standalone option for Enterprise Data Preparation.

Enterprise Data Preparation Adoption Success Pack services shall be agreed upon in advance in a Level of Effort
document between Customer and Informatica.

DATA AS A SERVICE (DAAS) ADDRESS CONTENT AND WEB SERVICE SUBSCRIPTIONS

The products set forth in this subsection are subscription-based licenses or services that require the additional licensing of country-
specific or other content. In addition to the terms set forth herein and in the applicable license agreement, certain Content Suppliers
impose certain fixed and non-negotiable terms and conditions that Informatica is obliged to impose upon use of the Content (“Pass-
through Terms”). The Pass-through Terms are available at https://www.informatica.com/addressdoctor/terms-and-conditions.html. By
using the applicable products, Customer (i) acknowledges having received and reviewed the Pass-through Terms, (ii) accepts the
terms of the Pass-through Terms unconditionally, and (iii) understands and accepts the Pass-through Terms may be varied and/or
augmented in the future by the Content Providers without notice. Any queries in regard to the Pass-through Terms may be addressed
directly to the Content Providers. Content Providers may from time to time require additional terms and conditions to be signed by the
Customer and Customer agrees to do so immediately upon request or cease use of the Content.

Customer will receive applicable login details and/or unlock codes for Customer’s Users of the subscriptions.
Customer will not use any web service or any data or information that is accessed or delivered through or derived therefrom to take
any action, or assist others in taking any action, that (i) is unlawful, harassing, invasive of another’s privacy, abusive, threatening,
harmful, obscene, defamatory, libelous or fraudulent, (ii) violates the personal privacy rights of others, (iii) victimizes, harasses,
degrades, or intimidates any individual or group of individuals, (iv) constitutes unauthorized or unsolicited transmission of advertising,
junk or bulk email, or other form of unauthorized solicitation or spam, (v) constitutes an attempt to impersonate any person or entity,
(vi) is intended to omit, delete, forge, or misrepresent transmission information, (vii) is intended to cloak the identity or contact
information of Customer or others, (viii) infringes or misappropriates any intellectual property of any third party, or (ix) interferes with
or disrupts the use of the web service.

Customer agrees to comply with all applicable laws and regulations (including applicable laws regarding taxes, the transmission of
technical data, privacy, encryption of software, export of technology, transmission of obscenity or permissible uses of intellectual
property) and all then-current requirements, procedures, policies, and regulations of networks that Customer uses to connect to the
web service. Informatica reserves the right to deny access to the web service to Customer or any user of Customer that violates any
of the policies or restrictions set forth in this section.

Content is based on data compiled by the Content Suppliers and licensed to Informatica for sublicensing to its Customers. Informatica
is entirely reliant on the Content Suppliers for the Content and in certain circumstances Informatica may be unable to provide additional
Content Updates or renewals of Content subscriptions owing to restrictions imposed by the Content Suppliers.

For Address Content Subscriptions, the number of countries included in the Content may vary from Content Update to Content Update
if some of the Content Suppliers alter the terms of their licenses or if the Content ceases to be available to Informatica for resale. A
current list of supported countries is accessible at https://www.informatica.com/products/data-quality/data-as-a-service/address-
verification/interactive-country-map.html. Note: Country availability is subject to change without notice.

Informatica does not offer Subscriptions or Subscription pricing for a term longer than one (1) year unless confirmed by the Content
Suppliers and explicitly agreed in writing. Where the customer has acquired a multi-year subscription for on-premises installation
Informatica shall provide unlock codes for each year separately.

Content may be used solely for internal use, to supplement, adjust or enrich Customer’s existing data. Notwithstanding anything in
the applicable license agreement to the contrary, use and benefit of Content is restricted to the Legal Entity named on the Exhibit A
unless expressly agreed otherwise in writing. No other use of the Content is authorized by Informatica. Except where set forth
otherwise in the Agreement and/or Exhibit A, Customer may not deliver the Content to any third parties without the prior written
permission of Informatica nor use the Content to provide a service to third parties. Customer may not make copies of the Content
except for the Recovery License referenced above. A Development version (Non-production Environment) of the specific Content for
Address Verification, Geocoding and CAMEO requires the purchase of the Production version of that country/content. Non-Production
licenses are strictly limited to and may be employed solely for development, testing and quality assurance purposes and cannot be
used in a Production Environment.

Informatica and/or the Content Suppliers may audit use of the Content on behalf of its licensors to ensure Customer’s usage is in
accordance with the Agreement. Informatica may request from Customer and make information on Content use available to the

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 44
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Content Suppliers at any time. Informatica and/or its licensors reserve the right to use data “seeds.” This may involve the inclusion of
a limited number of dummy records, to ensure Customer’s use is in accordance with the Agreement. It shall constitute a material
breach of this Agreement if Informatica’s or the Content Supplier’s records indicate that any seeds received any communications
undertaken by or on behalf of the Customer or with the Customer’s consent or knowledge.

In the event of misuse of Content by Customer, Customer may be required to pay additional fees. Customer shall be fully liable for
any and all additional fees arising due to misuse of the Content including but not restricted to any fines, penalties, damages or other
fees payable to the Content Suppliers or third parties. Customer acknowledges that Content Suppliers are able to contact the Customer
directly directly for audit or any other reason.

Informatica has compiled the Content using data obtained from third parties. In collating this data, Informatica has applied the best
possible care and made random checks to ensure accuracy, completeness and validity of data. However, it may be possible that
Content may be inaccurate, incomplete or invalid. Except as provided for under local law, neither Informatica nor its licensor(s) accept
liability for the accuracy or quality of the Content, which is used entirely at Customer’s own risk. Both False Positives and False
Negatives may occur. All Content and accompanying written materials are provided “as is” without warranty of any kind. Address
matching and correction may generate incorrect results because fuzzy logic and algorithms are used. Further, Informatica does not
warrant, guarantee, or make any representations regarding the use, or the results of the use of the product or written materials, in
terms of accuracy, reliability, currency or other qualities.

No Trademarks used in the Content may be used or reproduced by Customer for any purposes.

Customer must not systematically query the Content in order to create a copy of the underlying reference databases. The Content
contains the intellectual property of the Content Suppliers and is licensed to the Customer on an annual basis subject to payment of
the applicable fees to Informatica. The Content remains the intellectual property of the Content Suppliers at all times. The Customer’s
own data and databases shall remain the property of Customer.

If one or more Addresses from the United Kingdom are processed by Customer, Royal Mail is authorized to inspect applicable
accounting and Content at Customer’s site during general business hours and after adequate advanced notice in order to control the
compliance with clauses concerning Royal Mail’s data.

Customer shall observe the provisions of European General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) as any other applicable data
protection or data privacy legislation applicable (“Data Protection Legislation”), and in particular recognizes that if the Content is
combined with additional data to create personal data, Customer shall be considered the Data Controller for that data, in accordance
with the terms of the GDPR. Informatica accepts no liability for any breach of GDPR or any other applicable data protection legislation
arising from or related to Customer’s use of the Content.

For any DaaS software annual subscription agreement that is less than $10,000.00 USD, Informatica Support shall be “Forum Only
Support”. Forum Only Support will provide the customer with Support via an Informatica moderated forum on the Informatica support
portal at: https://mysupport.informatica.com/community/my-support/products/data_quality/data-quality-services. If a total annual
subscription is over $10,000.00 USD, Customer is entitled to “Basic Success” which allows for the Customer to open Support cases
using Informatica “My Support” at https://mysupport.informatica.com/docs/DOC-3015. Customer can subscribe to a higher level of
support (Premium Success) subject to payment of an incremental subscription fee.

Unless agreed otherwise in the relevant contract, the subscription will be renewed automatically until Customer notifies Informatica in
writing of Customer’s intent to cancel at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Term (or any renewal Term), otherwise Customer
will be charged for the next full year. Rate increases may occur on any renewal of the Subscription. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Product Description Schedule or the agreement, Informatica reserves the right not to renew the subscription at its
discretion, in the event there is a material change in the terms on which the Content Suppliers provide the Content to Informatica.

SMS Terms

The following terms apply to all of the cloud-based SMS Mobile Messaging API services that provide text message alerts and
notifications using SOAP or REST (“SMS Products”) which follow:

Integrity of SMS Content: Customer acknowledges that Informatica is obligated by the Carriers to store and monitor the integrity of
SMS Content by Informatica’s customers and that, if Customer breaches the integrity of the SMS Content, then Informatica’s Carrier
relationships may be irreparably harmed. Informatica is obligated by the Carriers to take any and all action necessary to maintain the
integrity of SMS Content, including without limitation the termination of Customer use of SMS Products.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 45
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Transmission: Customer acknowledges that use of the Informatica SMS Products may involve transmissions involving companies
other than Informatica, and the SMS Content may not be private in certain circumstances and may be changed by those other
companies to conform and adapt to their requirements and devices. Informatica assumes no responsibility for timeliness, deletions,
mis-delivery or failure to store any SMS Content or SMS.

Program Policies: Customer may deliver the SMS Content to a user via any Carrier network in conjunction with the service, however,
Informatica will not include advertising or promotion of a Carrier’s competitor. Customer agrees that any of Customer’s service related
to web site pages that are targeted directly at a Carrier’s User will not include advertising or promotion of a Carrier’s competitor.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 46
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Address Verification - SAP Connector

The Address Verification - SAP connector connects with customer’s SAP system and the Informatica Address
Packaging Verification software (Address Verification Cloud Web Service) to facilitate the central modeling relevant for
exchanging data.

Functionality includes facilitating connections between the publishing/receiving SAP system and Informatica
Address Verification Cloud Web Services.

The Address Verification – SAP Connector supports the following SAP Systems:

• SAP MDM
• SAP ERP
• SAP CRM
• SAP S/4
• Version 4.7 or higher is required.
• System must support Unicode
The Address Verification - SAP connector and all associated components is licensed on a per SAP module
License basis. For each module licensed, Customer may install the Software restricted to one (1) Production
Terms Environment and one (1) Lab Instance.

Note: An Informatica Address Verification Cloud Web Service Transactions license is a prerequisite to
licensure of this product and must be licensed separately from and in addition to this product.

Address Code Lookup Premium Address Cleansing Subscription

Packaging Address Code Lookup Premium Address Cleansing Subscription is an annual country subscription that provides
unique identifiers for each address, in each supported Address Code country. It can only be used in conjunction
with a Premium Address Cleansing Subscription.

Address Code Lookup Premium Address Cleansing includes:

• Required reference database (Content) that includes country specific Address Code data as
enrichment.

Current countries available: Austria (Postal_Address_Code | Pac_ID), Germany (Locality_ID | Street_ID | AGS |
Street_Code), Japan (Choumei_AZA_Code | New_Choumei_AZA_Code | Current_ Choumei_AZA_Code |
Gaiku_Code), South Korea (Address_ID), Serbia (Postal_Address_Code), South Africa (NAD_ID), United
Kingdom Delivery_Point_Suffixes | UDPRN | UPRN | Address_Key | Delivery_Point_Type | Organization).
License Address Code Lookup Premium Address Cleansing Subscription is licensed on a subscription, per country basis.
Terms It requires Premium Address Cleansing Subscription for the corresponding country as a pre-requisite.

Austria National Change of Address Verification

Packaging Austria National Change of Address Verification:

• Identifies persons from your contact list who have moved and provides the new Address.
• Identifies persons from your contact list who are marked as “Deceased”.

Austria National Change of Address Verification is available via batch processing where Customer provides
Informatica with a CSV file that is processed and returned to Customer as a CSV file.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 47
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
License Austria National Change of Address Verification is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides
Terms Customer access to National Change of Address and the affiliated Informatica technologies used to deliver
National Change of Address. Austria National Change of Address Verification service is provided as an add-on
to Address Verification service. Customer must also purchase Address Verification “Hits” separately.

The Austria National Change of Address Verification license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”)
and comes with a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) row in the batch processing
scenario). Customer consumes Hits by invoking National Change of Address Verification to determine if a
subject has moved to a new Address and where the Address is located. The term of the subscription and defined
number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed
during the current subscription shall expire. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription

Packaging Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription is an annual country subscription that provides
consumer segmentation and demographic information based on an Address.

Current countries available: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Czech Rep., Denmark, Estonia,
Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Hungary, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, Netherlands, New
Zealand, Norway, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Republic of Ireland, Romania, Russia, Singapore, Slovakia,
South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, and United States (US).

Note: North American Regional Pack does not include Mexico.

License Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription is licensed on a per country per Instance basis.
Terms Customer agrees to sign such documentation as is or may be required by local postal providers/licensors in
accordance with these restrictions. Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription requires a Premium
Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription which is licensed separately. The results/codes provided by the
Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription are based on a “Right to Use” license. All results/codes
and any other data whatsoever obtained via the Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription must
be deleted within seven (7) days if a current subscription is not maintained. Customer agrees to notify Informatica
in writing as soon as such deletion has been completed. Consumer Segmentation (CAMEO) Option Subscription
is deployed in conjunction with Informatica Address Verification Software. For Software licensed on a “per Node”
basis, the subscription must be licensed for all Nodes within the Hadoop Cluster.

Demographic Append Homeview

Packaging The Demographic Append Homeview appends contact data related to homeowner information and marital status.

Demographic Append Homeview returns these key data points for each contact:

• Homeowner Probability
• Marital Status
• Estimated Median Family Income
• Estimated Current Home Value
• Home Mortgage Amount.

Demographic Append Homeview is offered as a batch process where Customer provides Informatica with a CSV
file that is processed, enriched, and returned as a CSV file.
License Demographic Append Homeview is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to
Terms Demographic Append Homeview and the related Informatica technologies to receive Demographic Append
Homeview.

The Demographic Append Homeview license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and comes with
a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of processing a single row in the batch
processing mode. Customer consumes Hits by invoking Demographic Append Homeview to access information.
The term of the subscription and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All
Hits that have not been consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Customers who exceed the
applicable Hit allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may
be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 48
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Email Verification
Email Verification is a cloud-based Application Program Interface (“API”) available in both SOAP/ and REST End
Packaging Points that validates individual email addresses in near real-time or in batch. Email Verification identifies vulgar
language, identifies valid and disposable accounts and recommends email address corrections.

Email Verification can be used to verify an email address, to confirm the meaning of status codes, and to check
the status of Customer’s account.
Email Verification is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to Email Verification,
License and the related Informatica technologies used to deliver Email Verification.
Terms
The Email Verification license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and comes with a pre-
determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request or call to the product API or processing a single
row in the batch processing scenario). The term of the subscription and defined number of Hits are determined
by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the current subscription shall
expire. Customers who exceed the applicable Hit allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to
overage charges. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

Email Verification with Hygiene Option

Packaging Email Verification with Hygiene Option is a cloud-based Application Program Interface (“API”) available in both
SOAP and REST End Points that validates individual email addresses in near real-time or in batch. Email
Verification with Hygiene Option identifies vulgar language, identifies valid and disposable accounts and
recommends email address corrections.

Email Verification with Hygiene Option can be used to verify an email address, to confirm the meaning of status
codes, and to check the status of Customer’s account. Email Verification with Hygiene Option is a stand-alone
solution that offers additional functionality to the cloud-based Email Verification service for individual transactions.

Email Verification with Hygiene Option provides additional processing beyond Email Verification, including:

• Trap detection
• Protected network domain identifications
• International domain identification
License Email Verification with Hygiene Option is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access
Terms to Email Verification with Hygiene Option, and the related Informatica technologies used to deliver Email
Verification with Hygiene Option.

The Email Verification with Hygiene Option license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and comes
with a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request or call to the product API or processing
a single row in the batch processing scenario). The term of the subscription and defined number of Hits are
determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the current
subscription shall expire. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments. Customers who
exceed the applicable Hit allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges.

Geo IP Location
Geo IP Location allows high-precision localization of website visitors. The Web service provides geographic
Packaging information such as IP address ranges, IP address Owner, latitude, longitude, time zone, and a map representing
the location, for a given IP address.

Geo IP Location offers:

• Visibility into web traffic

The Geo IP Location solution is available through an Application Programming Interface (API) offered with SOAP
End Points.
Geo IP Location is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to Geo IP Location
License and the related Informatica technologies to receive Geo IP Location.
Terms
License is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and is provisioned with a pre-determined number of
“Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of Geo IP Location). Customer consumes Hits by invoking Geo IP
Location to append additional information to specific information provided. The term of the subscription and

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 49
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. Additional Hits may be purchased
at any time in tiered increments.

Unless agreed otherwise in the applicable agreement, the subscription will be renewed automatically until
Customer notifies Informatica in writing of Customer’s intent to cancel at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of
the Term (or any renewal Term), otherwise Customer will be charged for the next full year. Rate increases may
occur on any renewal of the subscription. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Product Description
Schedule or the agreement, Informatica reserves the right not to renew the subscription at its discretion, in the
event there is a material change in the terms on which the Content Suppliers provide the Content to Informatica.

Geo Coding Option Subscription

Geo Coding Option Subscription is an annual country subscription that provides geo coordinates down to arrival
Packaging point level or interpolated house number level or street mid-point level or locality level or postal code level. Best
available accuracy levels differ from country to country.

Current countries available: Afghanistan, Åland, Albania, Algeria, American Samoa, Andorra, Angola,
Antarctica, Antigua and Barbuda, Argentina, Armenia, Aruba, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain,
Bangladesh, Barbados, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Benin, Bermuda, Bhutan, Bolivia, Bonaire, Bosnia and
Herzegovina, Botswana, Brazil, Brunei Darussalam, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso, Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon,
Canada, Cape Verde, Cayman Islands, Central African Republic, Chad, Chile, China, Christmas Island, Cocos
Islands, Colombia, Comoros, Congo, Cook Islands, Costa Rica, Côte d'Ivoire, Croatia, Cuba, Curaçao, Cyprus,
Czech Republic, Dem. People's Rep. of Korea, Denmark, Djibouti, Dominica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
Egypt, El Salvador, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Ethiopia, Faroe Islands, Federated States of Micronesia,
Fiji, Finland, France, French Guiana, French Polynesia, French Southern Territories, Gabon, Gambia, Georgia,
Germany, Ghana, Greece, Greenland, Grenada, Guadeloupe, Guam, Guatemala, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau,
Guyana, Haiti, Heard Island, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Ireland, Israel,
Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kiribati, Kuwait, Kyrgyzstan, Lao, Latvia, Lebanon, Lesotho,
Liberia, Libya, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macao, Macedonia, Madagascar, Malawi, Malaysia,
Maldives, Mali, Malta, Marshall Islands, Martinique, Mauritania, Mauritius, Mayotte, McDonald Islands, Mexico,
Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Mozambique, Myanmar, Namibia, Nauru, Nepal,
Netherlands, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Niger, Nigeria, Niue, Norfolk Island, Northern Mariana
Islands, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Palau, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Poland,
Portugal, Puerto Rico, Qatar, Réunion, Romania, Russian Federation, Rwanda, Saint Barthélemy and Saint
Martin, Saint Kitts and Nevis, Saint Pierre and Miquelon, Saint Vincent and the Grenadines, Samoa, San Marino,
São Tomé and Príncipe, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Seychelles, Sierra Leone, Singapore, Sint Eustatius and
Saba, Sint Maarten, Slovakia, Slovenia, Solomon Islands, Somalia, South Africa, South Korea, South Sudan,
Spain, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Suriname, Swaziland, Sweden, Switzerland, Syrian, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Tanzania,
Thailand, The Dem. Rep. of the Congo, Timor-Leste, Togo, Tokelau, Tonga, Trinidad and Tobago., Tunisia,
Turkey, Turkmenistan, Tuvalu, U.S. Virgin Islands, Uganda, Ukraine, United Arab Emirates, United Kingdom,
United States, United States Minor Outlying Islands, Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vatican, Venezuela, Vietnam,
Wallis and Fortuna, Western Sahara, Yemen, Zambia, Zimbabwe.

Current regional and sub regional country packs available:

All World Pack, North American Regional Pack, South America Regional Pack, South America Sub Regional
Pack, Central America Regional Pack, Central America Sub Regional Pack, Western Europe Regional Pack,
Eastern Europe Regional Pack, Eastern Europe Sub Regional Pack, Middle East Regional Pack, Africa Regional
Pack, Africa Sub Regional Pack, Oceania Regional Pack, Oceania Sub Regional Pack, West Asia Regional Pack,
West Asia Sub Regional Pack, Eastern Asia Regional Pack, Eastern Asia Sub Regional Pack.
Geo Coding Option Subscription is licensed on a per country per Instance basis.
License
Terms Geo Coding Option Subscription requires a Premium Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription which is
licensed separately.

For Software licensed on a “per Node” basis, the subscription must be licensed for all Nodes within the Hadoop
Cluster.

The Geo Coding Option subscription must be licensed per Secure Agent when licensed in support of Cloud Data
Quality for Cloud Integration.
Note: North American Regional Pack does not include Mexico.

Note: Western Europe Regional Pack does not include the United Kingdom.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 50
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Note: Country availability subject to change without notice.

Germany National Change of Address Verification

Packaging Germany National Change of Address Verification:

• Identifies persons from your contact list who have moved and provides the new Address.
• Identifies persons from your contact list who are marked as “Deceased”.

Germany National Change of Address Verification is available via batch processing where Customer provides
Informatica with a CSV file that is processed and returned to Customer as a CSV file.
License Germany National Change of Address Verification is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides
Terms Customer access to National Change of Address and the affiliated Informatica technologies used to deliver
National Change of Address. Austria National Change of Address Verification service is provided as an add-on
to Address Verification service. Customer must also purchase Address Verification “Hits” separately.

The Germany National Change of Address Verification license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”)
and comes with a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) row in the batch processing
scenario). Customer consumes Hits by invoking National Change of Address Verification to determine if a subject
has moved to a new Address and where the Address is located. The term of the subscription and defined number
of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the
current subscription shall expire. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

Global Phone Number Validation

Global Phone Number Validation analyzes phone numbers and determines whether or not they are valid for a
Packaging specified country. Global Phone Number Validation provides the following benefits:

• Validates phone numbers globally in 249+ countries/territories in near-real time

• Identifies phone type as being a landline, mobile, VoIP, or Freephone
• Geocodes phone numbers using latitudinal and longitudinal city-center coordination
• Offers carrier identification by phone number

Global Phone Number Validation is available through an Application Programming Interface (API) offered in both
SOAP and REST End Points or via batch processing.
Global Phone Number Validation is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to
License Global Phone Number Validation, and the related technologies used to deliver Global Phone Number Validation.
Terms
License is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and is provisioned with a pre-determined number of
“Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request or call to Global Phone Number Validation). The term of the subscription
and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been
consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Customers that exceed the applicable Hit allocation during
the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in
tiered increments.

Global Phone Number Validation and Email Verification with Hygiene Bundle
The Global Phone Number Validation and Email Verification with Hygiene Bundle allows Customer to use the
Packaging Email Verification with Hygiene Option and the Global Phone Number Validation products.

Global Phone Number Validation and Email Verification with Hygiene Bundle includes:

• Global Phone Number Validation

• Email Verification with Hygiene Option
Global Phone Number Validation and Email Verification with Hygiene Bundle is licensed on a subscription basis.
License The license provides Customer access to Email Verification with Hygiene Option as well as Global Phone Number
Terms Validation and the related Informatica technologies used to deliver both products.

Global Phone Number Validation and Email Verification with Hygiene Bundle license is granted for a designated
term (“duration of use”) and comes with a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request or
call to the one of the two products API or processing a single Email address or phone number in the batch
processing scenario). The term of the subscription and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 51
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Additional
Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments. Customers who exceed the applicable Hit allocation
during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges.

Informatica Address Verification Cloud Web Service Transactions

The Informatica Address Verification Cloud Web Service Transactions provides the functionality to parse,
Packaging cleanse, validate and standardize global Address data. Informatica Address Verification Cloud Web Service
Transactions is available with a SOAP interface for direct integration and can also be accessed via Informatica
Data Quality using a pre-built mapping.

Informatica Address Verification Cloud Web Services Transactions are licensed for Batch,
Interactive/FastComplete Transactions, Salesforce Point of Entry Interactive Transactions, Geo Coding or
CAMEO. Batch Transactions permit submitting batches of Addresses for validation; Interactive/FastComplete
Transactions permit use in reviewing returned suggestions and selecting specific results; Salesforce Point of
Entry Interactive Transactions permit use in reviewing returned suggestions and selecting specific results for
Salesforce. CAMEO Transactions provides consumer segmentation and demographic information based on an
Address. Geo Coding Transactions provides coordinates down to an interpolated house number level.
Informatica Address Verification Cloud Web Service Transactions is licensed based on the number of Address
License validation transactions a customer performs over a term indicated in the Exhibit A. Any unused Transactions will
Terms expire at the end of the term indicated in the exhibit A. For Software licensed on a “per Node” basis, the
subscription must be licensed for all Nodes within the Hadoop Cluster.

Currently, the Web Services are available via the domain validator5.AddressDoctor.com. If the Web Services
are accessed via another domain name or another IP address or in any other way, these General Terms and
Conditions still apply.

Current regional offerings: North America, Global, United States, Germany, DACH region (German, Austria
and Switzerland).

Note: The global subscription is licensed for world-wide access and is not limited by the country of the Address
being cleansed.

Customer’s use of Address Verification Cloud Web Service to verify Ireland addresses is subject to the
LICENSOR EIRCODE PRODUCTS LICENCE AGREEMENT posted at the Data-as-a-Service Third-party Terms
and Conditions (https://www.informatica.com/addressdoctor/terms-and-conditions.html).

Mobile ID
Mobile ID provides the ability to accept a phone number and identify whether it is a mobile number, conventional
Packaging landline phone number, or other phone number.

Mobile ID provides the following features:

• Identifies a phone number as either a mobile phone number, landline phone number, or other phone
number.
• Ensures compliance with the US Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA) guidelines requiring
consent before dialing a mobile phone number.

Mobile ID is available through an Application Programming Interface (API) offered in both SOAP and REST End
Points.
Mobile ID is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to Mobile ID and the related
License Informatica technologies to deliver Mobile ID.
Terms
The Mobil ID license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and comes with a pre-determined number
of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of the Mobile ID). Customer consumes Hits by invoking Mobile ID to
determine if the phone number is a landline, mobile phone, or other. The term of the subscription and defined
number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during
the current subscription shall expire. Customers who exceed the applicable Hit allocation during the term of the
subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 52
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Non-Postal Address Cleansing and Validation Subscriptions
Non-Postal Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription is an annual country subscription that enables batch
Packaging and real-time standardization and validation of Address data for non-postal Addresses.

The Non-Postal Address Cleansing and Validation subscription includes:

• Required Non-Postal enhanced postal reference dataset(s).

Current countries available: New Zealand.

Non-Postal Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription is licensed on a subscription per country basis. Non-
License Postal Address Cleansing and Validation can only be used in conjunction with software licensed by Informatica
Terms or its authorized third-party integrators. Use of this subscription with other data quality or data cleansing software
or tools is not permitted. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, for each Subscription acquired, the Customer may
install one (1) Instance of the Content. For Software licensed on a “per Node” basis, the subscription must be
licensed for all Nodes within the Hadoop Cluster.

Non-Postal Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription fees are subject to payment in advance. If Customer
chooses not to renew the subscription, Customer must notify Informatica in writing at least thirty (30) days prior
to the end of the current annual subscription period, and Customer must cease use of the subscription and
destroy all copies made thereof in whole or in part as of the last day of such subscription period. Upon request,
Customer shall certify to Informatica that it has done so.

USA National Change of Address Verification

Packaging USA National Change of Address Verification:

• Identifies persons from your contact list has moved and provides the new Address
• Verifies Addresses against the most recent Address change records

USA National Change Address of Verification is available as follows:

• Product identified on the applicable Exihibit A that contains “(18)” in the SKU level description contains
the previous eighteen (18) months of Address change records from the active month of the subscription
term.
• Product identified on the applicable Exhibit A that contains ”(48)” in the SKU level description refers to
the previous forty-eight (48) months of Address change records from the active month of the
subscription term.

USA National Change of Address Verification is available via batch processing where Customer provides
Informatica with a CSV file that is processed and returned to Customer as a CSV file.
License USA National Change of Address Verification is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer
Terms access to National Change of Address and the affiliated Informatica technologies used to deliver National Change
of Address.

The USA National Change of Address Verification license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and
comes with a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) row in the batch processing scenario).
Customer consumes Hits by invoking National Change of Address to determine if a subject has moved to a new
Address and where the Address is located. The term of the subscription and defined number of Hits are
determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the current
subscription shall expire. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

Online Sales Tax Calculation

Packaging Provides near real-time, automated sales tax calculation based on a delivery Address, jurisdiction, and tax
classification category. This service also validates and standardizes the provided Addresses.

Online Sales Tax Calculation includes:

• Greater accuracy in sales tax calculation by taking into account jurisdiction and tax classification
category rather than relying on Address alone.
• Returns Addresses with a FIPS code; a code assigned by the Federal Government or State agencies
to uniquely identify a location.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 53
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
The Online Sales Tax Calculation solution is available through an Application Programming Interface (API) offered
in both SOAP and REST End Points.
License Online Sales Tax Calculation is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to Online
Terms Sales Tax Calculation and the related Informatica technologies to receive Online Sales Tax Calculation.

The Online Sales Tax Calculation license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and comes with a
pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of Online Sales Tax Calculation). Customer
consumes Hits by invoking Online Sales Tax Calculation to append additional information to specific information
provided. The term of the subscription and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of
purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Customers who
exceed the applicable Hit allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional
Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

Premium Address Cleansing and Validation Subscriptions

Packaging Premium Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription enables batch and real-time standardization and
validation of Address data at a “street, city, state, zip” level of granularity.

The Premium Address Cleansing and Validation subscription includes:

• Dictionaries used to standardize Address data and generate data quality metrics for the applicable
country.
• An Address validation engine appropriate to a specific level of granularity depending on the country.
• Required postal reference dataset(s).

Premium Address Cleansing and Validation is available for the following individual countries:
Algeria, Antarctica, Argentina, Australia, Austria, Brazil, Belgium, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Canada,
Chile, China, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, India, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macao, Malaysia, Malta,
Macedonia, Mexico, Montenegro, Morocco, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Philippines, Poland,
Portugal, Republic of Ireland*, Romania, Russian Federation, Serbia, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South
Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, Tunisia, Turkey, United Kingdom**,
Vietnam, and United States

*Republic of Ireland is available as follows:

• Ireland Premium Address Cleansing Subscription with EirCodes - One (1) User
• Ireland Premium Address Cleansing Subscription with EirCodes - Unlimited Users
• Ireland Premium Address Cleansing Subscription without EirCodes - Unlimited Users

** United Kingdom is available as follows:

• United Kingdom Premium Address Cleansing Subscription - Up to three hundred (300) Users
• United Kingdom Premium Address Cleansing Subscription - External website
• United Kingdom Premium Address Cleansing Subscription - Unlimited Users and external website
• United Kingdom Premium Address Cleansing Subscription - Bureau Service

Current regional country packs available:

All World (includes Republic of Ireland without Eircodes and excludes United Kingdom), North American Regional
Pack, Central America Regional Pack, South America Regional Pack, Western Europe Regional Pack (includes
Republic of Ireland without Eircodes and excludes United Kingdom), Eastern Europe Regional Pack, West Asia
Regional Pack, Middle East Regional Pack, Eastern Asia Regional Pack, Oceania Regional Pack, and Africa
Regional Pack.

Current sub- regional country packs available:

Central America Sub- Regional Pack, South America Sub- Regional Pack, Eastern Europe Sub- Regional Pack,
West Asia Sub- Regional Pack, Eastern Asia Sub- Regional Pack, Oceania Sub- Regional Pack, and Africa Sub
Regional Pack.

Note: Country detail per Regional and Sub- Regional Country Packs are available from Informatica upon
request. Country, Regional Packs, and Sub- Regional Packs availability are subject to change without notice.

Note: North American Regional Pack does not include Mexico.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 54
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
License Premium Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription is licensed on a subscription, country, regional or sub-
Terms regional basis. Premium Address Cleansing and Validation can only be used in conjunction with licensed
compatible Informatica Software. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, for each Subscription acquired, the
Customer may install one (1) Instance of the Content. Use of this subscription with other data quality or data
cleansing software or tools is not permitted. For Software licensed on a “per Node” basis, the subscription must
be licensed for all Nodes within the Hadoop Cluster. The Premium Address Cleansing and Validation subscription
must be licensed per Secure Agent when licensed in support of Cloud Data Quality for Cloud Integration.

Premium Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription is offered on an annual basis subject to payment of an
annual upfront subscription fee. If Customer chooses not to renew the subscription, Customer must notify
Informatica in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the current annual subscription period, and
Customer must cease use of the subscription and destroy all copies made thereof in whole or in part as of the
last day of such subscription period. Upon request, Customer shall certify to Informatica that it has done so.

Premium Address Cleansing Country Subscription. This subscription is licensed by individual country.
Customer must purchase a subscription for each country it wishes to license. This subscription comes with a
country dictionary used to standardize Address data and generate metrics for the country license purchased.
Address validation granularity may vary by country. Mappings and logic must be built by Customer.

Definitions:

Bureau Customer: means a customer for a Bureau Service.

Bureau Service: means a service comprising the Data Cleansing of a Customer Database and the supply of the
resulting Cleansed Customer Database back to the relevant customer.

Customer Database: means a database of an End User's customer.

Note: The “CASS Certified” databases for US Premium Address Subscription may only be shipped within the
US due to USPS restrictions. For further information, please contact DL: DQNA or the DaaS product team.

Note: EirCodes means Irish Postal Codes.

Note: Unless otherwise agreed in the Exhibit A, the “United Kingdom Premium Address Subscription –up to
Three Hundred (300) Named Users” is limited to a maximum number of three hundred (300) Named Users and
does not permit interaction through external websites.

Note: Unless otherwise agreed in the Exhibit A, the “United Kingdom Premium Address Subscription – External
Website” permits interaction through external websites only.

Note: Unless otherwise agreed in the Exhibit A, the “United Kingdom Premium Address Cleansing Subscription
- Unlimited Named Users & External Website” permits unlimited number of Named Users internally and
interaction through external websites.

Note: Unless otherwise agreed in the Exhibit A, the "United Kingdom Premium Address Cleansing Subscription
- Bureau Service" includes 10,000,000 batch Transactions to be used for Bureau Customers. Bureau Service
provider is obligated to report the number of Bureau Service Transactions to Informatica on a monthly or
annual basis as agreed. If 10,000,000 annual batch Transaction threshold is passed by Bureau Service
provider during the current annual term, Informatica may demand additional license fees similar to the current
Bureau Service license purchased.

Note: To obtain the United Kingdom Premium Address Subscription – Three hundred (300) Named Users” or
United Kingdom Premium Address Cleansing Subscription - External Website” or United Kingdom Premium
Address Cleansing Subscription - Unlimited Users & External Website”, Customer must fill in a form requested
by the Content Provider for the United Kingdom. This form can be found in the Pass-through terms posted at the
URL https://www.informatica.com/addressdoctor/terms-and-conditions.html#fbid=d8l6r2ZWMN0?hashlink=2
provided above in this Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription Options section.

Note: To obtain the Ireland Premium Address Cleansing Subscription with EirCodes – One (1) User or Ireland
Premium Address Cleansing Subscription with EirCodes - Unlimited Users, Customer must complete and sign
an agreement requested by the Content Provider for the Ireland EirCodes. This form can be found in the Pass-

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 55
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
through terms posted at the URL https://www.informatica.com/addressdoctor/terms-and-conditions.html
provided above in this Address Cleansing and Validation Subscription Options section.

Premium Address Cleansing Packaged Subscription. This subscription is licensed by regional or sub-
regional country groups. Customer must purchase a subscription for each regional and/or sub-regional group it
wishes to license. This subscription comes with country dictionaries used to standardize address data and
generate metrics for the countries included in the license purchase. Address validation granularity may vary by
country. Mappings and logic must be built by Customer.

Disclaimer: USA CERTIFIED (CASS) data cannot be shipped outside the USA; USA BATCH, INTERACTIVE,
and FASTCOMPLETE data is available for all customers.

Sales and Use Tax Basic

Packaging The Sales and Use Tax Basic solution calculates both estimated and actual sales taxes for all U.S. and Canadian
jurisdictions using tax tables updated monthly with the most current tax rules available.

Sales and Use Tax Basic includes:

• ZIP code level sales tax calculations

• Calculates Use tax, City/State/County tax, and Shipping and Handling taxes

Sales and Use Tax Basic is available through an Application Programming Interface (API) offered with both
SOAP and REST/ End Points.
License Sales and Use Tax Basic is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to Sales
Terms and Use Tax Basic and the related Informatica technologies to receive Sales and Use Tax Basic.

License is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and is provisioned with a pre-determined number of
“Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of Sales and Use Tax Basic). Customer consumes Hits by invoking
Sales and Use Tax Basic to append additional information to specific information provided. The term of the
subscription and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have
not been consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Customers who exceed the applicable Hit
allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may be purchased
at any time in tiered increments.

Sales and Use Tax Complete

Packaging The Sales and Use Tax Complete solution calculates estimated and actual sales taxes for all U.S. and Canadian
jurisdictions using tax tables updated monthly with the most current tax rules available. Sales and Use Tax
Complete also offers Address Verification to ensure your customer’s delivery Address is accurate.

Sales and Use Tax Complete includes:

• Provides ZIP code level sales tax calculations.

• Calculates Use tax, City/State/County tax, and Shipping and Handling taxes.
• Calculates Postal Code Tax, and Special Purpose Districts support.
• Address Verification to ensure accurate tax calculations.

Sales and Use Tax Complete is available through an Application Programming Interface (API) offered with both
SOAP and REST End Points.
Sales and Use Tax Complete is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to
License Sales and Use Tax Complete and the related Informatica technologies to receive Sales and Use Tax Complete.
Terms
License is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and is provisioned with a pre-determined number of
“Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of Sales and Use Tax Complete). Customer consumes Hits by invoking
Sales and Use Tax Complete to append additional information to specific information provided. The term of the
subscription and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have
not been consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Customers who exceed the applicable Hit
allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may be purchased
at any time in tiered increments.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 56
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Single-Line Premium Address Cleansing
Packaging Single-Line Premium Address Cleansing Subscription is an annual country subscription that allows cleansing
of addresses submitted with a single-line structure. Single-Line address cleansing can be performed in batch,
interactive, and fast completion modes.

Single-Line Premium Address Cleansing includes:

• Ability to cleanse and validate addresses submitted with a single line structure

Current countries available: All countries supported by Informatica Address Verification.

Single-line address verification uses an unlock code of type SINGLE_LINE_VALIDATION in on-premises

installations.
License Single-Line Premium Address Cleansing Subscription is licensed on a subscription, per country basis.
Terms This license requires Premium Address Cleansing Subscription for the corresponding country.

SMS Alerts and Notifications

Packaging SMS Alerts and Notifications send and receive SMS messages to individuals or applications.

SMS Alerts and Notifications includes:

• Configurable SMS campaign management.

• Compliant solution with industry best practices and regulations from CTIA and MMO.
• Global text messaging with message delivery in more than 200 countries and territories worldwide.
• Short codes and long codes to meet your specific mobile messaging needs.

The SMS Alerts and Notifications solution is available through an Application Programming Interface (API)
offered in both SOAP and REST End Points.
License The SMS Alerts and Notifications service is licensed on a subscription basis. SMS Alerts and Notifications
Terms requires SMS Short Code Program Setup. The license provides Customer access to SMS Alerts and
Notifications and the related Informatica technologies to deliver SMS Alerts and Notifications.

The SMS Alerts and Notifications license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and comes with a
pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of the SMS Alerts and Notifications).
Customer consumes Hits by invoking SMS Alerts and Notifications. The term of the subscription and defined
number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed
during the current subscription shall expire. Customers who exceed the applicable Hit allocation during the term
of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered
increments.

SMS Long Code Lease 1

Packaging SMS long codes are 10-digit dedicated phone numbers that enable businesses to send and receive SMS text
messages. SMS long codes are typically leased on an annual basis.

SMS Long Code Lease 1 includes:

• Lease of one (1) or more private (dedicated) long codes.

• Ability to request long codes for a given city or region.
License The SMS Long Code Lease 1 license is a lease of one (1) or more long codes. Lease duration is specified in
Terms annual increments at the time of transaction. Long codes acquired under SMS Long Code Lease 1 are intended
for use with SMS Alerts and Notification.

SMS Short Code Program Setup

Packaging SMS Short Code Program Setup is the documentation, and regulatory approval required for the Customer to
interact with mobile phone users on a given Short Code.

SMS Short Code Program Setup includes the following outcomes:

• Document one (1) North American SMS Short Code Program defining purpose, messaging, and
regulatory information.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 57
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Submission of (1) North American SMS Short Code Program to North American Telephone Carriers
for regulatory certification.
• Implementation of (1) North American SMS Short Code Program, certified by North American
Telephone Carriers, on Informatica SMS Alerts & Notifications.
License SMS Short Code Program Setup is a prerequisite to SMS Alerts & Notifications and Two-Way SMS Alerts and
Terms Notifications. SMS Short Code Program Setup is a one-time services engagement billed at a fixed rate. The
engagement covers the definition, regulatory approval, and implementation of the Customer’s SMS text
messaging on the Informatica SMS Alerts and Notifications platform. SMS Short Code Program Setup does not
establish any license for or authorization of the use of Informatica SMS Alerts and Notifications..

SMS Short Code Lease 1

Packaging SMS short codes are special telephone numbers, significantly shorter than full telephone numbers that can be
used to address SMS and MMS messages from mobile phones.

SMS Short Codes Lease 1 includes:

• Private (dedicated) long codes specific for a single customer’s use.

• Common short codes for both random and vanity numbers.

SMS Short Code Lease 1 is an optional order to lease one (1) or more long codes. Long codes governed by
SMS Long Code Lease 1 are intended for use with Informatica SMS Alerts and Notifications.
License The SMS Short Codes Lease 1 license is a lease of one (1) or more short codes. Lease duration is specified in
Terms annual increments at the time of transaction. Short codes acquired under SMS Short Code Lease 1 are intended
for use with SMS Alerts and Notification.

Supplementary Data Premium Address Cleansing Subscription

Packaging Supplementary Data Premium Address Cleansing Subscription is an annual country subscription that provides
additional information as enrichments to addresses from several countries. It can only be used in conjunction with
a Premium Address Cleansing Subscription.

Supplementary Data Premium Address Cleansing includes:

• Required reference database (Content) that includes country specific Supplementary data as
enrichment

Current countries available: USA (County_FIPS_Code | State_FIPS_Code | MSA_ID \ CSBA_ID |

Finance_Number | Record_Type | CMSA_ID | Time_Zone_Code | Time_Zone_Name | Census_Tract_NO |
Census_Block_Group | PMSA_ID | MCD_ID | Place_FIPS_Code), Australia (CCD06 | GCC_CODE | GCC_NAME
| GNAF_ID | MESH_BLOCK11 | MESH_BLOCK16 | SA1_7_DIGT_NO | SA1_MAIN_NO | SA2_5_DIGT_NO |
SA2_MAIN_NO | SA2_NAME | SA3_CODE | SA3_NAME | SA4_), Belgium (NIS_Code), Brazil (IBGE_Code),
Czech Republic (Ruianam_ID | Ruianso_ID | Ruiantea_ID), France(Insee_Code | Insee_9_Code), Germany
(Locality_ID | Street_ID | AGS | Street_Code), Italy (ISTAT_CODE), Japan (Choumei_AZA_Code |
New_Choumei_AZA_Code | Current_ Choumei_AZA_Code | Gaiku_Code), Poland (GMINA_Code |
Localuty_TERYT_ID | Street_TERYT_ID), Spain (INE_Province_Code | INE_Municipality_Code |
INE_Street_Code ), Switzerland (Postal_Code_Extension), Russia (FIAS_ID).
License Supplementary Data Premium Address Cleansing Subscription is licensed on a subscription, per country basis. It
Terms requires Premium Address Cleansing Subscription for the corresponding country as a pre-requisite.

Switzerland National Change of Address Verification

Packaging Switzerland National Change of Address Verification:

• Identifies persons from your contact list who have moved and provides the new Address.
• Identifies persons from your contact list who are marked as “Deceased”.

Switzerland National Change of Address Verification is available via batch processing where Customer provides
Informatica with a CSV file that is processed and returned to Customer as a CSV file.
License Switzerland National Change of Address Verification is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides
Terms Customer access to National Change of Address and the affiliated Informatica technologies used to deliver National
Change of Address. Austria National Change of Address Verification service is provided as an add-on to Address
Verification service. Customer must also purchase Address Verification “Hits” separately.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 58
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
The Switzerland National Change of Address Verification license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”)
and comes with a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) row in the batch processing
scenario). Customer consumes Hits by invoking National Change of Address Verification to determine if a subject
has moved to a new Address and where the Address is located. The term of the subscription and defined number
of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the
current subscription shall expire. Additional Hits may be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

Two-Way SMS Alerts and Notifications

Packaging Two-Way SMS Alerts and Notifications allows customers to send and receive SMS messages to individuals or
applications.

Two-Way SMS Alerts and Notifications includes:

• Configurable SMS campaign management.

• Compliant solution with industry best practices and regulations from CTIA and MMO.
• Two-way messaging – send and receive SMS.
• Global text messaging with message delivery in more than 200 countries and territories worldwide.
• Short codes and long codes to meet your specific mobile messaging needs.

Two-Way SMS Alerts and Notifications is available through an Application Programming Interface (“API”) offered
in both SOAP and REST End Points. There are separate APIs to send messages and to check the inbox.
License Two-Way SMS Alerts and Notifications is licensed on a subscription basis. Two-Way SMS Alerts and Notifications
Terms requires SMS Short Code Program Setup. The license provides Customer access to Two-Way SMS Alerts and
Notifications and the related Informatica technologies to deliver SMS Alerts and Notifications and receive SMS
responses.

The license is granted for a designated term (“Term”) and comes with a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit”
being one (1) request of the SMS Alerts and Notifications) Customer consumes Hits by invoking SMS Alerts and
Notifications. The term of the subscription and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of
purchase. All Hits that have not been consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Customers who exceed
the applicable Hit allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may
be purchased at any time in tiered increments.

US Do Not Call List Verification

Packaging US Do Not Call List Verification keeps outbound telephone customer service, sales, and marketing efforts
compliant with Federal and State regulatory requirements for “Do Not Call” registries.

US Do Not Call Verification includes:

• Compatible with the US Federal Trade Commission’s National “Do Not Call” Registry, all existing
State “Do Not Call” registries, and The Direct Marketing Association’s Mail Preference Service Listing.
• Cloud-based access allows use without installing hardware or software.

US Do Not Call List Verification is available through an Application Programming Interface (API) offered in both
SOAP and REST End Points or via batch processing where Customer provides Informatica with a CSV file that
is processed and returned to Customer as a CSV file.
License US Do Not Call List Verification is licensed on a subscription basis. The license provides Customer access to
Terms Do Not Call List Verification and the related Informatica technologies used to deliver US Do Not Call List
Verification. Customer will require a SAN (“Subscription Account Number”) from the Do Not Call Registry
(additional information can be found at: https://telemarketing.donotcall.gov/).

The US Do Not Call List Verification license is granted for a designated term (“duration of use”) and comes with
a pre-determined number of “Hits” (each “Hit” being one (1) request of the Do Not Call Verification API or
processing a single row in the batch processing mode). Customer consumes Hits by invoking US Do Not Call
List Verification to determine if a phone number appears on one (1) or more “Do Not Call” registries. The term
of the subscription and defined number of Hits are determined by Customer at the time of purchase. All Hits that
have not been consumed during the current subscription shall expire. Customers who exceed the applicable Hit
allocation during the term of the subscription are subject to overage charges. Additional Hits may be purchased
at any time in tiered increments.

US Number Portability Verification for Global Phone

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 59
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Packaging US Number Portability verification for Global Phone determines whether the number sent to the Global Phone
Validation service has been ported through an alternative device.

US Number portability verification for Global Phone includes:

• Update the line type (for example, land line or mobile) of a US phone number to indicate whether the
number has been ported from land line to mobile or vice versa
• Return a status code in the ‘ported’ section of the Global Phone Number Validation response to
indicate a port

Note: This functionality requires registration with a third-party data provider that must be completed before the
feature can be used.
License US Number Portability Verification for Global Phone is an add-on to the Informatica Global Phone Number
Terms Validation Service and can only be used as part of the Global Phone Number Validation service.

US Number portability verification for Global Phone is licensed on a yearly subscription basis. It enables number
portability checks in the Global Phone Number Validation service for US phone numbers and requires an active
license for this service.

Within the subscription term Customer is permitted to make as many “Hits” to the Global Phone Number
Validation service as licensed for Global.

Note: Customer is required to complete a registration form and Service Agreement with iconnective, which has
executed master agreements with the North American Portability Management LLC (the “NAPM”) to operate the
Number Portability Administration Center (the “NPAC”) and serve as the Local Number Portability Administrator
(the “LNPA”) in the seven regions covering the former Regional Bell Operating Companies United States Service
Areas.

Data As A Service (DAAS) SOFTWARE

AddressDoctor Software Library

Packaging The AddressDoctor Software Library provides the functionality to parse, cleanse, validate and standardize global
Address data as well as append geo-coordinates for specific countries. The Software Library is available with a C and
Java application programming interface (API). The API handles 40 different character sets, supports over two hundred
forty (240) countries with support for language transliteration in seven (7) countries.
• This license includes a single Lab License for development, testing, and/or quality assurance purposes.
License The AddressDoctor Software Library is licensed on a per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-
Terms cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the server on which the Software is installed unless use
of the Software is restricted to a verifiable Partition. Production CPU-cores may be deployed or allocated in any
manner or ratio, and changed at any time, by Customer with respect to such server. This license includes a single
Lab License solely for development, testing, and/or quality assurance purposes. Address validation reference data
subscriptions licensed by Informatica (at least one country) are required.

AddressDoctor Software Library Lab License

Packaging An AddressDoctor Software Library Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the corresponding
AddressDoctor Software Library production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes in a
Non-production environment.
License An AddressDoctor Software Library Lab License entitles Customer to use Informatica AddressDoctor Software Library
Terms within a Lab Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total
number of Lab CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple
AddressDoctor Software Library Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such
Environments does not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. An AddressDoctor Software Library Lab
License shall be used solely for development, test or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production
Environment.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 60
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Each Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of AddressDoctor
Software Library. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer
deploy separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance).

DATA CENTRIC SECURITY

Dynamic Data Masking

Packaging Dynamic Data Masking is a data privacy solution used to mask sensitive production and production support data without
making any changes to application source-code or databases.

• Dynamic Data Masking

License The products listed in the Packaging section above may be installed and operated on server(s) to support the number
Terms of Data Stores licensed. Additional copies of the Dynamic Data Masking License may be installed to support the
corresponding Production Environment of Dynamic Data Masking for development, testing, quality assurance and/or
recovery purposes.

Additional copies of the Dynamic Data Masking License may be installed to support the corresponding Production
Environment of Dynamic Data Masking for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes related
to the use of the Dynamic Data Masking software (“Non-production Instance”). Each Non-production Data Store must
be licensed separately. For example, a Customer deploying three (3) Non-production Data Stores and one (1)
Production Data Store is required to license four (4) Data Stores.

Persistent Data Masking

Packaging Persistent Data Masking is a data masking solution used to mask sensitive structured data during testing and
development.

Persistent Data Masking license includes:

• Persistent Data Masking

• Informatica Data Subset
• One (1) PowerCenter Standard Edition (restricted use)
• Data Masking Transformation
• One (1) Scaling Option (restricted use)
• PowerExchange for Data Types (Netezza, Teradata)

Note: PowerCenter Standard Edition (Restricted use) that is included in Persistent Data Masking is restricted to Netezza
and Teradata as the two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types.
License The products listed in the Packaging section above may be installed and operated on server(s) to support the number
Terms of Data Stores licensed. The product includes the specific data types listed in the PowerCenter Standard Edition
packaging, which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated Persistent Data Masking
application processes, and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose. The products listed in the Packaging
section above are offered as a single product bundle. All other terms and conditions associated with each individual
product as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply provided, however, that if there is any
inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description, those set forth in this
description shall control.

Additional copies of the Persistent Data Masking License may be installed to support the corresponding Production
Environment of Persistent Data Masking for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes related
to the deployment of the Persistent Data Masking Instance (“Non-production Instance”). Each Data Store that contains
a source used to mask data or stores masked data must be licensed separately. For example, a Customer deploying
three (3) Non-production Data Stores that contain masked data and one (1) Production Data Store that contain a source
of masked data is required to license four (4) Data Stores.

Note: Use of XML capabilities limited by the XML capabilities supported by PowerCenter Standard Edition (either
directly integrated or installed separately). Any additional support to unstructured and semi-structured data requires the
licensing of Informatica Data Transformation or any product offering with Informatica Data Transformation included in
the packaging.

Standard Masking Bundle

Packaging Standard Masking Bundle is a data masking solution used to mask sensitive structured data during testing and
development.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 61
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

A Standard Masking Bundle license includes:

• Persistent Data Masking

• DSG Discovery Option
• DSG Data Validation Option

Note: PowerCenter Standard Edition (Restricted use) that is included in Persistent Data Masking is restricted to
Netezza and Teradata as the two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types.
License The products listed in the Packaging section above may be installed and operated on server(s) to support the number
Terms of Data Stores licensed. The product includes the specific data types listed in the PowerCenter Standard Edition
packaging, which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated Standard Masking Bundle
application processes, and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose. All other terms and conditions
associated with each individual product as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply provided,
however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description,
those set forth in this description shall control.

Additional copies of the Standard Masking Bundle License may be installed to support the corresponding Production
Environment of Informatica Standard Masking Bundle for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery
purposes related to the deployment of the Standard Masking Bundle Instance (“Non-production Instance”). Each Data
Store that contains a source used to mask data or stores masked data must be licensed separately. For example, a
Customer deploying three (3) Non-production Data Stores that contain masked data and one (1) Production Data Store
that contain a source of masked data is required to license four (4) Data Stores.

Note: Use of XML capabilities limited by the XML capabilities supported by PowerCenter Standard Edition (either
directly integrated or installed separately). Any additional support to unstructured and semi-structured data requires the
licensing of Informatica Data Transformation or any product offering with Informatica Data Transformation included in
the packaging.

DATA CENTRIC SECURITY, SECURE TESTING, AND SECURE ARCHIVINGINFORMATICA

PLATFORM OPTIONS

Data Archive for Salesforce Option

Packaging Data Archive for Salesforce Option allows Customer to archive Salesforce.com data based on Force.com through
Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition.

Data Archive for Salesforce Option includes:

• One (1) Application Live Archive for Salesforce Accelerator

• One (1) Salesforce Connector
License A Data Archive for Salesforce Option license shall be deployed only to support an Informatica Data Archive Secure
Terms Edition license. Data Archive for Salesforce Option allows Customer to install one (1) Production Instance to access
and display data managed by Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition and any associated Licensed Application or
database source(s). Additional Non-production copies of the Data Archive for Salesforce Option may be installed to
support the corresponding production Instance of Data Archive for Salesforce Option solely for development, testing,
quality assurance and/or recovery purposes.

Note: Data Archive for Salesforce requires the licensing of Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition.

DSG Data Validation Option

Packaging DSG Data Validation Option enables Customer to execute rule-based validation for data processing related to
Application Information Lifecycle Management products across data sets utilizing PowerCenter transformation and
expression languages.

DSG Data Validation Option includes:

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 62
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

• One (1) Server components

• One (1) PowerCenter Standard Edition (restricted use)
• PowerExchange for Data Types (Netezza, Teradata)

Note: PowerCenter Standard Edition (Restricted use) that is included in DSG Data Validation Option is restricted to
Netezza and Teradata as the Two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types.

Note: DSG Data Validation Option requires database storage to store rules/tests and results of executed tests.
License DSG Data Validation Option may be licensed in support of the Informatica Data Archive, Informatica Data Privacy, , and
Terms Informatica Persistent Data Masking Software for an additional fee. DSG Data Validation Option is licensed on a per
Instance basis. A license Instance can concurrently support one (1) copy of Informatica Data Archive, , and Informatica
Persistent Data Masking. This license includes a restricted PowerCenter Standard Edition installation which may be
used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated DSG Data Validation Option processes, and shall not be
used by Customer for any other purpose. Only data processed with Informatica Data Archive, , and Informatica
Persistent Data Masking shall be processed with DSG Data Validation Option, whether or not it is feasible to process
other data with such Software. The DSG for Relational Adapter licenses included with DSG Data Validation Option
shall be restricted to the single instance and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including,
without limitation, additional installations of Informatica Data Archive, , and Informatica Persistent Data Masking). For
avoidance of doubt, any connectivity licensed in support of the applicable DSG Production Environment may be
leveraged for use in conjunction with and in support of DSG Data Validation Option. In addition, this option can only be
used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Informatica Data Archive, Informatica nt, and Informatica
Persistent Data Masking license whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately. Additional copies
of the DSG Data Validation Option may be installed to support the corresponding Production Environment of DSG Data
Validation Option for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes.

DATA CENTRIC SECURITY, SECURE ARCHIVING, AND SECURE TESTING OPTIONS

Data Archive Application Retirement Accelerators

Packaging Data Archive Application Retirement Accelerator is a set of pre-packaged templates with application-aware content
specific to the Data Archive product for use with one (1) of the Licensed Applications listed in the “Current Accelerator
Options” listed below:

Current Retirement Accelerator Options available for Archive Secure Edition: SAP.
License Data Archive Application Retirement Accelerator license allows Customer to install one (1) Instance of the Software to
Terms support one (1) Data Archive Base License. Each Licensed Application type requires a separate license. Additional
copies may be installed to support the corresponding production Instance of the Data Archive Application Retirement
Accelerator for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes. Each Data Archive Application
Retirement Accelerator is licensed separately. All options subject to product compatibility.

Application Retirement Solution for Healthcare

Packaging Application Retirement Solution for Healthcare includes:

• One (1) Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition Base License (includes two (2) terabytes (“TB”) of
Production Database Volume)*
• One (1) Application Retirement for Healthcare Accelerator

*Additional Production Database Volume is licensed separately on a per terabyte basis.

License Application Retirement Solution for Healthcare is limited to a single Instance and shall be used solely in conjunction
Terms with and in support of the Software components listed above. In addition to the Base License, Application Retirement
Solution for Healthcare is licensed by the volume of source data (per Terabyte) being managed. The volume of source
data being managed is defined as data that is partitioned, archived to database, archived to file, moved, or purged by
the Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition component of this solution. The management of any volume of source
data in excess of the number of TBs licensed obligates Customer to purchase additional managed data volume. At the
time of initial license purchase, a minimum of the total production source application or database size needs to be
purchased as the starting Production Database Size. Additional Instances of the Retirement Solution for Healthcare
Software require additional licensing. Additional copies of the Application Retirement Solution for Healthcare may be
installed to support the corresponding production Instance of Application Retirement Solution for Healthcare solely for
development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes. This license includes a restricted use Instance of
PowerCenter Standard Edition, PowerCenter Partitioning Option, and PowerCenter Pushdown Optimization Option
which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated Application Retirement Solution for

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 63
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Healthcare application processes to load the database to be archived as the target, and shall not be used by Customer
for any other purpose.

All other license terms and conditions applicable to the Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition, and Application
Retirement Solution for Healthcare Accelerator licenses as described in this Informatica Product Description Schedule
continue to apply.

Data Masking Country Pack Mexico

Packaging Data Masking Country Pack for Mexico provides country specific test data in Spanish.
License Data Masking Country Pack for Mexico may be licensed in support of the, Data Subset, and Persistent Data Masking
Terms for an additional fee. Additional copies of Data Masking Country Pack for Mexico may be installed to support the
corresponding Production Environments of supported Software for development, testing, quality assurance and/or
recovery purposes.

Discovery Option DSG

Packaging Informatica Discovery Option DSG allows Customer to profile and discover relationships or sensitive data domains
against DSG sources and targets (including sources and targets of Secure Archiving, Data Subset, Persistent Data
Masking, and Dynamic Data Masking products).

Informatica Discovery Option DSG includes (1) Production Instance of:

• Basic Profiling (PowerCenter Standard Edition – restricted use) and Data Quality Advanced Profiling and
Discovery Package (restricted use) for the purposes of DSG sources and targets
o These restricted use licenses include Column Profiling, Rule Profiling, Primary Key Inference,
Foreign Key Inference, and Domain Discovery.
• PowerExchange for Data Types (Netezza, Teradata)

Note: Discovery Option DSG may be used in support of Application Retirement Solution for Healthcare
License Basic Profiling, Data Quality Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package may be deployed to profile DSG sources and
Terms targets (including sources and targets of Data Archive, Data Subset, Persistent Data Masking, and Dynamic Data
Masking products) associated with a single base license of each of Data Archive, Data Subset, Persistent Data Masking,
and Dynamic Data Masking. Informatica Discovery Option DSG license is based on the number of licensed server
CPU-cores. Additional copies of the Informatica Discovery Option DSG may be installed to support the corresponding
production Instance of Informatica Discovery Option DSG for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery
purposes. The Basic Profiling and Data Quality Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package licenses included with
Informatica DSG Discovery Option does not include the right to run the software for other profiling use cases and,
accordingly, Customer shall not use such Software for such purposes whether or not it is feasible to do so. The Basic
Profiling (PowerCenter Standard Edition – restricted use) and Advanced Profiling and Discovery license included with
Informatica Discovery Option DSG does not include the right to run java options and, accordingly, Customer shall not
use such Software for such purposes whether or not it is feasible to do so. Functionality of Basic Profiling (PowerCenter
Standard Edition – restricted use) and Advanced Profiling and Discovery is limited to Column Profiling, Rule Profiling,
Primary Key Inference, Foreign Key Inference, and Domain Discovery processing.

DSG Relational Adapters

Packaging A DSG Relational Adapters connectivity supports relational adapter types listed below in conjunction with a production
Instance of Informatica Data Archive, Informatica Persistent Data Masking, Informatica Standard Masking Bundle,
Informatica Advanced Testing Bundle, Informatica Secure Testing Bundle along with the associated DSG options, to
source or target all Instances of a particular type of relational database as specified at the time of licensing.

Supported relational adapter types: Oracle, SQL Server, DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows; DB2 z/OS, DB2 i5/OS,
Informix Dynamic Server; Netezza (nzLoad, ODBC, JDBC); Sybase; MySQL, Teradata (TPT API, ODBC, JDBC);
ODBC, JDBC.

Note: ODBC and JDBC Subject to specific platform availability. Teradata TPT API Relational Adapter allows the ability
to connect to Teradata using JDBC or ODBC. Netezza Relational Adapter allows the ability to connect to Netezza using
nzLoad, JDBC, or ODBC.
License DSG Relational Adapters may be licensed solely in conjunction with Informatica DSG products and is not licensed
Terms separately. DSG Relational Adapters is licensed on a per data type and per Production Environment basis. A DSG
Relational Adapter license is restricted to use within a single Production Environment.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 64
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
A DSG Relational Adapter entitles the customer to use it with a single Production Instance each of Informatica Data
Archive, Informatica Persistent Data Masking, Informatica Standard Masking Bundle, Informatica Advanced Testing
Bundle, Informatica Secure Testing Bundle along with the associated DSG options.

PowerExchange for Mainframe for DSG Adapters

Packaging PowerExchange for Mainframe for DSG Adapters allow for a specific Data Type to be used as a data source. Contact
Informatica to determine if a PowerExchange for Mainframe for DSG Adapter is available for a requested Data Type.
License A PowerExchange for Mainframe for DSG Adapter may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with one (1)
Terms Data Archive Base License, Standard Masking Bundle, , Secure Testing Bundle, Informatica Persistent Data Masking
Base License, for sourcing one (1) specific Mainframe Data Type.

A PowerExchange for Mainframe for DSG Adapter is restricted to use within a single Production Environment and is
licensed separately for each Mainframe Data Type. Additional copies of the PowerExchange for Mainframe for DSG
Adapter may be installed to support the corresponding production Instance of the applicable products for development,
testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes.

Available Data Types include: Adabas, Datacom, DB2 for z/OS, IDMS, IMS DB, and VSAM

DATA REPLICATION

Informatica Fast Clone

Packaging Informatica Fast Clone extracts data from a source database.

Informatica Fast Clone license includes:

• Informatica Fast Clone engine

License An Informatica Fast Clone license allows the Customer to access source data from one (1) or more databases provided
Terms that the number of source CPU-cores licensed by Customer equals the total number of source CPU-cores of the source
database(s) software. The Customer can re-assign licensed CPU-cores from an existing server to a new server,
provided the total CPU-cores assigned do not exceed the licensed number of CPU-cores. Once licensed CPU-cores
have been re-assigned to a new server the product cannot be run on the original server unless it is re-licensed on that
server by purchasing additional CPU-Cores. For purposes of licensing, passive back-up and/or Disaster Recovery
databases are not included in the calculation of the relational databases being sourced or targeted.

DATA REPLICATION OPTIONS

Fast Clone HDFS Target

Packaging Fast Cone for writing to HDFS Target Instances.
License An Fast Clone HDFS Target license allows Fast Clone to write to a single HDFS target Instance.
Terms

Informatica Fast Clone Server Option

Packaging Informatica Fast Clone Server Option enables network communication across systems in a distributed Fast Clone
topology. Informatica Fast Clone Server Option provides a data streaming mechanism into an Amazon S3,
Greenplum or Teradata Fast Clone Instance.
License Informatica Fast Clone Server Option may be licensed in support of Informatica Fast Clone for an additional fee. An
Terms Informatica Fast Clone Server license permits Customer to deploy and use a single Instance of Fast Clone Client on a
single target machine to facilitate data streaming among and between the Informatica Fast Clone engine and the Fast
Clone Client. Each Informatica Fast Clone Server Option is licensed separately.

Informatica Fast Clone Streamer Option

Packaging Informatica Fast Clone Streamer Option provides a data streaming mechanism into Amazon S3, Teradata, Greenplum,
and HP Vertica appliances.
License An Informatica Fast Clone Streamer Option license allows the Customer to apply target data to one (1) appliance
Terms Instance.

An Informatica Data Streamer license is required for each appliance.

DATA QUALITY

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 65
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition

Packaging Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition provides the functionality to analyze, standardize, enhance, match, correct
and report on all master data types including customer, product, inventory, assets and financial data.

Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition includes:

• Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition

• Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package
• Data Quality Transforms
• Data Integration Transformations (Restricted for use within a Data Quality mapping, Excluded transformations:
Sequence generator, Update strategy, Normalizer)
• Reference Table Management
• Team Based Development for MRS Repository
• Data Quality Web Services Option
• Identity Match Option
o One (1) Identity Resolution Country Population selected at time of purchase
• Scaling Option
• Universal Record ID Option
• One hundred ten (110) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users.

Note: One hundred ten (110) Named Users in total and not in addition to the one hundred (100) Named Users included
Data Quality Standard Edition.

Note: An Analyst Named User includes any individual Informatica Data Quality User with the rights to use Profiling,
Scorecards, Reference Tables, Exception Management/Human Task and Rule Specifications to support of an Informatica
Data Quality, Data Engineering Quality, or Data Quality for Data Engineering deployment. The Analyst Named User shall
be restricted to the single Production Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software
Licenses.

Note: Customers running both Data Engineering Quality/Data Quality for Data Engineering and Informatica Data Quality
can apply Analyst Named Users against either deployments, but the total number of Analyst Named Users across
deployments shall not exceed the total number of licenses from Data Quality Products.

Data connectivity to: Flat Files and two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types selected at time of purchase.
License An Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition license entitles Customer to use Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition
Terms within a single Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed
the total number of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such
Production CPU-cores may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the
Production Environment. Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated
in the Production Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to
the total number of CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is
restricted to a verifiable Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of Informatica Data Quality Advanced
Edition Application Services within the single Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described
above. The components of the license listed in the Packaging Section above shall be restricted to the single Production
Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including other Informatica Data
Quality Advanced Edition) Environments. All CPU-cores on which Data Quality Transformations are executed (whether
by Data Quality Mappings or by PowerCenter Mapplets) must be licensed.

Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition Lab License

Packaging An Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the corresponding
Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes
in a Non-production Environment.
License An Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition Lab License entitles Customer to use Informatica Data Quality Advanced
Terms Edition within a Lab Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the
total number of Lab CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy
multiple Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores
associated with such Environments does not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. Such Lab License shall be
used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production
Environment.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 66
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Each Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1)
Production Environment of Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition. Such Lab License shall include any Informatica
Data Quality Options, Packs, or Packages and selected PowerExchange Software licenses that Customer has licensed
separately for the corresponding Production Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications.
It is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, testing and
quality assurance).

PowerExchange Software covered under a Data Quality Advanced Edition Lab License provided such
PowerExchange Software has been licensed by Customer for the production environment:
PowerExchange for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, PowerExchange for SAP NetWeaver & NetWeaver BI, PowerExchange
for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne, PowerExchange for JD Edwards World, PowerExchange for PeopleSoft Enterprise,
PowerExchange for Siebel, PowerExchange for SAS, PowerExchange for Essbase, PowerExchange for Lotus Notes,
PowerExchange for Oracle E-Business Suite, PowerExchange for Salesforce, PowerExchange for WebSphere MQ,
PowerExchange for Tibco, PowerExchange for webMethods Broker, PowerExchange for MSMQ, PowerExchange for
Web Services, PowerExchange for LDAP, PowerExchange for OData, PowerExchange for Email Servers, ,
PowerExchange for Data Type – DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows, PowerExchange for Data Type – Informix Dynamic
Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – SQL Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – Netezza Performance Server,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Sybase, PowerExchange for Data Type – Teradata, PowerExchange for Data Type –
Oracle, PowerExchange for Data Type – ODBC, PowerExchange for Data Type – JDBC, PowerExchange for Data Type
– Greenplum, PowerExchange for Data Type - Vertica, PowerExchange for Data Type – Cassandra, PowerExchange
for Tableau, PowerExchange for Facebook, PowerExchange for Twitter, PowerExchange for LinkedIn, PowerExchange
for Kapow, PowerExchange for Data Type – DataSift, PowerExchange for Data Type –MongoDB, PowerExchange for
Hbase,PowerExchange for Server CDC instances included with any associated PowerCenter Real Time Edition Upgrade
bundle or PowerCenter Real Time Package, and PowerExchange for Hadoop.

Data Quality for MDM

Packaging Data Quality for MDM includes:

• Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition

• Informatica Analyst
• Data Quality Web Services Option

Note: An Analyst Named User includes any individual Informatica Data Quality User with the rights to use Profiling,
Scorecards, Reference Tables, Exception Management/Human Task and Rule Specifications to support of an Informatica
Data Quality Data Engineering Quality, or Data Quality for Data Engineering deployment. The Analyst Named User shall
be restricted to the single Production Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software
Licenses.
License An Data Quality for MDM license entitles Customer to use Data Quality for MDM within a single Production Environment
Terms provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Production CPU-
core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production CPU-cores may be deployed
or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment.

Data Quality for MDM shall be restricted to use solely with a single, existing Informatica MDM Multidomain Software or
MDM Match & Link deployment, and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software or used on a stand-
alone basis. All CPU-cores on which Data Quality Transformations are executed (whether by Data Quality Mappings or
by PowerCenter Mapplets) must be licensed.

Data Quality for MDM Lab License

Packaging Data Quality for MDM Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the corresponding Data Quality for MDM
production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes in a Non-production Environment.
License A Data Quality for MDM Lab License entitles Customer to use Data Quality for MDM within a single Lab Environment
Terms provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-core
licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment.

An Informatica Data Quality for MDM Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance
purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each Lab License is restricted to use in support of no
more than one (1) Production Environment of Informatica Data Quality for MDM. It is recommended that Customer
purchase separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance). Informatica shall
be under no obligation to provide Support Services for Lab License configurations that combine multiple lab stages in a
single Informatica Data Quality for MDM lab installation. A license purchased pursuant to the Data Quality for MDM shall

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 67
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
be restricted to use solely with existing Informatica Multidomain MDM Software deployments, and cannot be transferred
to or used with other Informatica Software or used on a stand-alone basis

Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition

Packaging Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition provides the functionality to analyze, standardize, enhance, match, correct and
report on all master data types including customer, product, inventory, assets and financial data.

Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition includes:

• Unlimited Client Tools

o Informatica Developer
o Informatica Administrator
o Informatica Analyst Viewers (read-only Analyst users)
o Informatica Data Quality for Excel usage
• Basic Profiling (Column, Rule, Join Validation, Mapping Generation from Profile, Midstream, Comparative
Profiling and Scorecarding)
• Exception Management UI
• Data Quality Transforms
• Data Integration Transformations (Restricted for use within a Data Quality mapping, Excluded transformations:
Sequence generator, Update strategy, Normalizer)
• Reference Table Management
• Discovery Search
• Rule Builder
• PowerExchange for DB2 for Linux UNIX Windows
• PowerExchange for Informix Dynamic Server
• PowerExchange for ODBC
• PowerExchange for Oracle
• PowerExchange for SQL Server
• PowerExchange for Sybase
• Informatica Data Analyst
o One Hundred (100) Informatica Data Analysts Named Users
• Application Services
o Data Integration Service
o Repository Service
o Analyst Service
o Content Management Service

Data connectivity to: Flat Files and two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types selected at time of purchase.

Note: An Analyst Named User includes any individual Informatica Data Quality User with the rights to use Profiling,
Scorecards, Reference Tables, Exception Management/Human Task and Rule Specifications to support of an Informatica
Data Quality, Data Engineering Quality, or Data Quality for Data Engineering deployment. The Analyst Named User
shall be restricted to the single Production Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica
Software Licenses.

Note: Customers running both Data Engineering Quality/Data Quality for Data Engineering and Informatica Data Quality
can apply Analyst Named Users against either deployments, but the total number of Analyst Named Users across
deployments shall not exceed the total number of licenses from Data Quality Products.
License An Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition license entitles Customer to use Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition
Terms within a single Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed
the total number of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such
Production CPU-cores may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the
Production Environment. Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated
in the Production Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to
the total number of CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is
restricted to a verifiable Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of Informatica Data Quality Standard
Edition Application Services within the single Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described
above. The components of the license listed in the Packaging Section above shall be restricted to the single Production
Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including other Informatica Data
Quality) Environments. All CPU-cores on which Data Quality Transformations are executed (whether by Data Quality
Mappings or by PowerCenter Mapplets) must be licensed.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 68
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Note: Informatica Data Quality for Excel requires Web Services connectivity (Web Services “Provider”) which is not
included with the base Informatica Data Quality license. Web Services “Provider” may be accessed through use of
Informatica PowerCenter, Informatica Data Quality Web Services Option, Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition, or
Informatica Data Quality Governance Edition.

Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition Lab License

Packaging An Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the corresponding
Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes
in a Non-production Environment.
License An Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition Lab License entitles Customer to use Informatica Data Quality Standard
Terms Edition within a Lab Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the
total number of Lab CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy
multiple Data Quality Standard Edition Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such
Environments does not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. Such Lab License shall be used solely for
development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment.

Each Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1)
Production Environment of Informatica Data Quality. Such Lab License shall include any Informatica Data Quality
Options, Packs, or Packages and selected PowerExchange Software licenses that Customer has licensed separately for
the corresponding Production Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is
recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, testing and quality
assurance).

PowerExchange Software covered under a Data Quality Standard Edition Lab License provided such
PowerExchange Software has been licensed by Customer for the production environment:
PowerExchange for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, PowerExchange for SAP NetWeaver & NetWeaver BI, PowerExchange
for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne, PowerExchange for JD Edwards World, PowerExchange for PeopleSoft Enterprise,
PowerExchange for Siebel, PowerExchange for SAS, PowerExchange for Essbase, PowerExchange for Lotus Notes,
PowerExchange for Oracle E-Business Suite, PowerExchange for Salesforce, PowerExchange for WebSphere MQ,
PowerExchange for Tibco, PowerExchange for webMethods Broker, PowerExchange for MSMQ, PowerExchange for
Web Services, PowerExchange for LDAP, PowerExchange for OData, PowerExchange for Email Servers,
PowerExchange for Data Type – DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows, PowerExchange for Data Type – Informix Dynamic
Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – SQL Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – Netezza Performance Server,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Sybase, PowerExchange for Data Type – Teradata, PowerExchange for Data Type –
Oracle, PowerExchange for Data Type – ODBC, PowerExchange for Data Type – JDBC, PowerExchange for Data
Type – Greenplum, PowerExchange for Data Type - Vertica, PowerExchange for Data Type – Cassandra,
PowerExchange for Tableau, PowerExchange for Facebook, PowerExchange for Twitter, PowerExchange for LinkedIn,
PowerExchange for Kapow, PowerExchange for Data Type – DataSift, PowerExchange for Data Type – MongoDB,
PowerExchange for Hbase, PowerExchange for Server CDC instances included with any associated PowerCenter
Real Time Edition Upgrade bundle or PowerCenter Real Time Package, and PowerExchange for Hadoop.

DATA QUALITY OPTIONS, PACKS, AND PACKAGES

Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package

Packaging Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package provides the functionality to support Column/rule Profiling, Enterprise and
Data Domain Discovery and Structural Profiling/analysis.

Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package includes:

• Data Domain Discovery

• Enterprise Data Discovery
• Advanced Profiling
o Primary Key Inference
o Foreign Key Inference
o Functional Dependency
• Overlap Discovery

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 69
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
License Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package may be licensed in support of Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition and
Terms PowerCenter (any Edition) for an additional fee. The Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package is licensed on a per
Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores
in the Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition Production Environment or PowerCenter (any Edition) Production
Environment. In addition, this package can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Data Quality
Standard Edition Environment or PowerCenter (any Edition) Production Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to
be utilized or installed separately.

Data Quality Universal Record ID Package

Packaging Data Quality Universal Record ID Package enables Customers to preserve record identification keys for subsequent
reuse during identity data matching and duplication discovery in both batch and real-time scenarios using Informatica
Data Quality Standard Edition.

Data Quality Universal Record ID Package includes:

• Universal Record ID

Note: Identity Match Option must be licensed with Data Quality Universal Record ID Package.
License Data Quality Universal Record ID Package may be licensed in support of Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition for
Terms an additional fee. The Data Quality Universal Record Package is licensed on a per Production CPU-core basis. The
number of Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Informatica Data Quality
Standard Edition Production Environment. In addition, this package can only be used in support of and in conjunction
with the associated Data Quality Standard Edition Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed
separately. Data Quality Universal Record ID Package cannot be licensed without Identity Match Option.

Data Quality for Siebel

Packaging Data Quality for Siebel provides a data quality cleansing and matching solution for Siebel users entering name and
Address data.

Data Quality for Siebel includes:

• One (1) Data Quality for Siebel application integration

• Integration Transformations for PowerCenter web services and pre-built Informatica Data Quality plans
License The Data Quality for Siebel Software license permits Customer to install one (1) Instance of such Software to support
Terms one (1) Informatica Data Quality production Instance. Technical dependencies include PowerCenter, Informatica Data
Quality, and PowerCenter Real-time Option, each of which is licensed separately. Data Quality for Siebel must be run
in combination with Informatica Data Quality.

Data Quality SDK

Packaging The Data Quality SDK provides the functionality to execute Data Quality mapplets and mappings on a stand-alone or
embedded basis without connection to an Informatica license domain or repository except for Informatica Web Services
Consumer Transform or Informatica Data Transformation capabilities.

A Data Quality SDK license does not include connectivity to any database sources or targets and is limited only to a
java developer. The Data Quality SDK ships with a Java application programming interface (API) only.
License The Data Quality SDK is licensed on a per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores licensed
Terms must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the server on which the Software is installed unless use of the Software
is restricted to a verifiable Partition. Production CPU-cores may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio, and
changed at any time, by Customer with respect to such server.

Note: Informatica Data Quality Production or Informatica Data Quality Non-Production license (both licensed
separately) are required to test the SDK process.

Data Quality SDK Lab License

Packaging An Data Quality SDK Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the corresponding Informatica Data Quality
SDK production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes in a Non-production Environment.
License An Data Quality SDK Lab License entitles Customer to use Data Quality SDK within a Lab Environment provided such
Terms use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-core licenses purchased
by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple Data Quality SDK Lab Environments as long

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 70
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores
licensed. Such Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall
not be used in a Production Environment.

Each Data Quality SDK Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of
Informatica Data Quality. Such Lab License shall include any Informatica Data Quality Options, Packs, or Packages
and selected PowerExchange Software licenses that Customer has licensed separately for the corresponding
Production Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that
Customer deploy separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, testing and quality assurance).

PowerExchange Software covered under a Data Quality Standard Edition Lab License provided such
PowerExchange Software has been licensed by Customer for the production environment:
PowerExchange for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, PowerExchange for SAP NetWeaver & NetWeaver BI,
PowerExchange for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne, PowerExchange for JD Edwards World, PowerExchange for
PeopleSoft Enterprise, PowerExchange for Siebel, PowerExchange for SAS, PowerExchange for Essbase,
PowerExchange for Lotus Notes, PowerExchange for Oracle E-Business Suite, PowerExchange for Salesforce,
PowerExchange for WebSphere MQ, PowerExchange for Tibco, PowerExchange for webMethods Broker,
PowerExchange for MSMQ, PowerExchange for Web Services, PowerExchange for LDAP, PowerExchange for
OData, PowerExchange for Email Servers, PowerExchange for Data Type – DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Informix Dynamic Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – SQL Server,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Netezza Performance Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – Sybase,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Teradata, PowerExchange for Data Type – Oracle, PowerExchange for Data Type –
ODBC, PowerExchange for Data Type – JDBC, PowerExchange for Data Type – Greenplum, PowerExchange for
Data Type - Vertica, PowerExchange for Data Type – Cassandra, PowerExchange for Tableau, PowerExchange for
Facebook, PowerExchange for Twitter, PowerExchange for LinkedIn, PowerExchange for Kapow, PowerExchange
for Data Type – DataSift, PowerExchange for Data Type – MongoDB, PowerExchange for Hbase, PowerExchange
for Server CDC instances included with any associated PowerCenter Real Time Edition Upgrade bundle or
PowerCenter Real Time Package, and PowerExchange for Hadoop.

Data Quality Web Services Option

Packaging Data Quality Web Services Option provides Web-Services from the Data Quality Server based on the Informatica Data
Services capabilities. To support wider enterprise standards, a restricted PowerCenter installation may be used to
support Informatica Data Quality to make web services calls through the PowerCenter Web Services Hub for the sole
purpose of invoking PowerCenter mappings containing Informatica Data Quality Transformation objects.
License The Data Quality Web Services Option may be licensed in support of Informatica Data Quality for an additional fee.
Terms The Data Quality Web Services Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-
cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition, this option can
only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Data Quality Production Environment whether or not
it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately. This license provides a restricted PowerCenter Instance to
support Informatica Data Quality in making web services calls through the PowerCenter Web Services Hub for the sole
purpose of invoking PowerCenter mappings containing Informatica Data Quality transformation objects.

Data Quality Identity Match Option

Packaging Data Quality Identity Match Option provides searching, matching, screening and duplicate discovery of identity data
stored in relational database tables and flat files.

Includes a minimum of one (1) Identity Resolution Country Population, however additional Identity Resolution Country
Populations may be licensed.
License Data Quality Identity Match Option may be licensed in support of Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition for an
Terms additional fee.

Data Quality Identity Match Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-
cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment.

In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Data Quality Production
Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

IDQ Accelerator for Australia and New Zealand

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Australia and New Zealand consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables
built to solve common data quality problems associated with Australia and New Zealand. Business name reference
tables, Social National Insurance Number validation rules, and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this
package.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 71
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
License IDQ Accelerator for Australia and New Zealand is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality
Terms or PowerCenter DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data
Quality for Data Engineering an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for Brazil

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Brazil consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to solve
common data quality problems associated with Brazil. Business name reference tables, Cadastro de Pessoas Físicas
(CPF) validation rules, and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this package.
License IDQ Accelerator for Brazil is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or PowerCenter DQ
Terms Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for Financial Services

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Financial Services consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to
solve common data quality problems associated with Financial Services.

It includes rules and reference data covering rules associated with securities such as ISIN and SEDOL checks; risk
related rules such as rating code, probability of default, broader retail banking rules for customer data such as credit
card number validation, UK and USA account number checks as well as generic rules relating to numeric, string and
date checks common in financial services environments.
License IDQ Accelerator for Financial Services is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or
Terms PowerCenter DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data
Quality for Data Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for CCAR/BCBS239 Financial Services

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for CCAR/BCBS239 Financial Services consists of pre-built data quality rules and reference tables
built to validate the quality of common data entities in the Financial Services industry related to CCAR/BCBS239
regulatory compliance.
License IDQ Accelerator for CCAR/BCBS239 Financial Services is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica
Terms Data Quality or PowerCenter DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator for CCAR/BCBS239 Financial Services is
deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop
Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for France

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for France consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to solve
common data quality problems associated with France. France business name reference data, Sécurité Sociale
validation rules, and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this package.
License IDQ Accelerator for France is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or PowerCenter
Terms DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for India

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for India consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to solve common
data quality problems associated with India. India business name reference data, Aadhar card number validation rules
and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this package.
License IDQ Accelerator for India is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or PowerCenter DQ
Terms Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for Italy

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Italy consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to solve common
data quality problems associated with Italy. Italy address, phone, Codice Fiscale number validation rules and cultural
specific matching rules are available within this package.
License IDQ Accelerator for Italy is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or PowerCenter DQ
Terms Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for Germany

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 72
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Germany consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to solve
common data quality problems associated with Germany. German business name reference data Deutsche
Sozialversigscherung validation rules and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this package.
License IDQ Accelerator for Germany is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or PowerCenter
Terms DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for Oil and Gas

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Oil and Gas consists of pre-built mappings, rules, Reference Tables and database schema that
identify data quality problems associated with the Oil and Gas industry. Data rules and entities have been based on
definitions from the Professional Petroleum Data Management (PPDM) Association and encoded in the IDQ Model
Repository.

The Accelerator contains a series of rules that are defined to work with common entities in the Oil and Gas Industry and
validate the various attributes associated with them. These rules can be deployed in profiles or in mappings that can be
written to the reporting schema provided with the Accelerator. This schema supports integration with analytics software
for visualization of data quality problems across the various dimensions supported, including Entity, Attribute, Business
Unit, Rule and Lifecycle.
License IDQ Accelerator for Oil and Gas is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality. If the IDQ
Terms Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data Engineering, an Instance is defined
as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for Portugal

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Portugal consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to solve
common data quality problems associated with Portugal. Business name reference data, segurança social validation
rules, and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this package.
License IDQ Accelerator for Portugal is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or PowerCenter
Terms DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for Spain

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for Spain consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to solve
common data quality problems associated with Spain. Business name reference data, NIF validation rules, name
processing; phone number validation (to Area code level) and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this
package.
License IDQ Accelerator for Spain is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or PowerCenter DQ
Terms Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data Quality for Data
Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for United Kingdom

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for United Kingdom consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to
solve common data quality problems associated with Great Britain. Business name reference data, Social National
Insurance Number validation rules, and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this package.

Applicable Countries: England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland. For the avoidance of doubt, the Republic of
Ireland is not covered with this product.
License IDQ Accelerator for United Kingdom is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or
Terms PowerCenter DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data
Quality for Data Engineering an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

IDQ Accelerator for US and Canada

Packaging The IDQ Accelerator for US and Canada consists of pre-built mappings, mapplets, rules and reference tables built to
solve common data quality problems associated with US and Canada. North American business name reference data,
US Social Security validation rules, and cultural-specific matching rules are available within this package.
License IDQ Accelerator for US and Canada is licensed on a per Instance basis in support of Informatica Data Quality or
Terms PowerCenter DQ Developer Option. If the IDQ Accelerator is deployed to support Data Engineering Quality or Data
Quality for Data Engineering, an Instance is defined as a Hadoop Cluster.

DATA QUALITY OPTIONS – INFORMATICA PLATFORM

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 73
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Informatica Data Analyst Named User
Packaging Informatica Data Analyst Named User is a browser based client providing data access for data profiling, data domain
discovery, rule validation, data exception management, reporting output (score-carding), and ability to create mapping
specifications to generate mapping logic (features are activated only when the client interface is configured to support
underlying licensed Software that supports the relevant feature).

Informatica Data Analyst Named User includes:

• One (1) Informatica Data Analyst Named User license

• One (1) Informatica Data Director Named User License
License An Informatica Data Analyst Named User license shall be used solely to support Informatica Data Quality (any Edition),
Terms Informatica Data Explorer, DSG Discovery Option, Informatica Data Services, PowerCenter (any Edition) or other
Informatica compatible software.

Each Informatica Data Analyst Named User license allows one (1) uniquely identified Named User to access the
Informatica Data Analyst Named User Software. Additional Named User access requires additional Named User
licenses. Informatica Developer installations of any of the supported products have access to leverage a Named User
license on a one to one basis with the Informatica Developer installation. All other additional seats require licensing.

Usage of data exception management functionality via the Informatica Data Director requires the purchase of an
Informatica Data Quality license. Usage of data domain discovery requires an Informatica Data Explorer, Data Quality
Advanced Edition, Advanced Profiling Option, or DSG Discovery Option license.

DATA INTEGRATION HUB

Data Engineering Integration Hub

Packaging Data Engineering Integration Hub enables application data integration using publish and subscribe methodologies across
a hybrid IT infrastructure permitting the movement of data from/to HDFS clusters and hybrid architecture for a DIH
publication repository that supports a Hive based publication repository.

Data Engineering Integration Hub includes:

• One (1) Data Transformation (restricted use)

• One (1) PowerCenter Standard Edition
• Scaling Option (Partitioning, Enterprise Grid, Push-Down Optimization
• Real Time Option
• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services
• Data Archive Standard Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) DIH Server
• One (1) DIH Console
• One (1) Data Integration Hub Dashboards
o Data Integration Hub Dashboards includes a Data Integration Hub operational data store (ODS)
and dashboard with out-of-the-box system defined KPI’s and charts providing a consolidated view
of the hub activities and includes a Logi-Analytics studio to enable dashboard customization and
chart development.
• PowerExchange for Hadoop
• PowerExchange for HBase
• HDFS-based publication repository

Data connectivity to: Flat Files and two (2) Power Exchange for Data Types selected at time of purchase.
License Data EngineeringIntegration Hub license permits Customer to deploy Data Engineering Integration Hub within a single
Terms Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number
of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment and provided Customer has
licensed the applicable PowerExchange connectivity for each applicable Connected Application number and type.
Connected Applications are licensed by the number of Connected Applications. The addition of any Connected
Applications in excess of the number of Connected Applications licensed obligates Customer to purchase additional
Connected Applications. Production CPU-cores may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all
shared servers within the Production Environment, and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which
such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed
for the Software is equal to the total number of CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless
use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of Data Engineering

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 74
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Integration Hub within the single Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above.
This license includes a restricted Data Archive Standard Edition Instance which may be used by Customer solely in
conjunction with the associated Data Engineering Integration Hub application processes and shall not be used by
Customer for any other purpose.

Data Engineering Integration Hub Lab License

Packaging Data Engineering Integration Hub Lab License includes:

• Data Engineering Integration Hub for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab
Environment.
• Data Engineering Integration Hub Lab CPU-cores:
o Data Engineering Integration Hub Lab CPU-cores means the total number of Lab CPU-cores
licensed for use in the Lab Environment.
License Data Engineering Integration Hub Lab License entitles Customer to use Data Engineering Integration Hub within a Lab
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab
CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple Data Engineering
Integration Hub Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does
not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. Data Engineering Integration Hub Lab License shall be used solely
for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each
Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Data Engineering Integration Hub Production
Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer deploy
separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance).

Data Engineering Integration Hub Connected Application

Packaging Data Engineering Integration Hub Connected Application provides connected applications connections to applicable
PowerExchange connectivity to the Data Engineering Integration Hub.
License Data Engineering Integration Hub Connected Application may be licensed to support a Data Engineering Integration Hub
Terms License within a single Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not
exceed the total number of Connected Application connections purchased by Customer for such Production Environment
and provided Customer has licensed the applicable PowerExchange connectivity for each applicable Connected
Application number and type. Each Connected Application requires a separate license. The connection of any Connected
Application in excess of the number of Connected Applications licensed obligates Customer to purchase additional
Connected Application licenses.

Data Integration Hub

Packaging Data Integration Hub enables application data integration using publish and subscribe methodologies across a hybrid IT
infrastructure.

Data Integration Hub includes:

• One (1) Data Transformation (restricted use)

• One (1) PowerCenter Standard Edition
• Scaling Option (Partitioning, Enterprise Grid, Push-Down Optimization
• Real Time Option
• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services
• Data Archive Standard Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) DIH Server
• One (1) DIH Console
• One (1) Data Integration Hubs Dashboards
• Data Integration Hub Dashboards includes a Data Integration Hub operational data store (ODS) and
dashboard with out-of-the-box system defined KPI’s and charts providing a consolidated view of the hub
activities. The option includes a Logi-Analytics studio to enable dashboard customization and chart
development.

Data connectivity to: Flat Files and two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types selected at time of purchase.
License A Data Integration Hub license permits Customer to deploy Data Integration Hub within a single Production Environment
Terms provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Production CPU-
core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment and provided Customer has licensed the
applicable PowerExchange connectivity for each applicable Connected Application number and type. Each Connected
Application requires a separate license. The addition of any Connected Application in excess of the number licensed
obligates Customer to purchase additional Connected Application licenses. Production CPU-cores may be deployed or

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 75
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment, and Customer is
permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production Environment provided
that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of CPU-cores of the
shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable Partition. Customer
may run one (1) or more Instances of Data Integration Hub within the single Production Environment, subject to the
Production CPU-core limit described above. Data Integration Hub may be licensed separately from the PowerCenter
Software. This license includes a restricted Data Transformation and Data Archive Standard Edition installation which
may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated Data Integration Hub application processes and shall
not be used for any other purpose.

Data Integration Hub Lab License

Packaging A Data Integration Hub Lab License includes:

• Data Integration Hub for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab environment.
• Data Integration Hub Lab CPU-cores:
o Data Integration Hub Lab CPU-cores means the total number of Lab CPU-cores licensed for use
in the Lab Environment.
License A Data Integration Hub Lab License entitles Customer to use Data Integration Hub within a Lab Environment provided
Terms such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-core licenses
purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple Data Integration Hub Lab
Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does not exceed the number
of Lab CPU-cores licensed. A Data Integration Hub Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or
quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each Lab License is restricted to use
in support of no more than one (1) Data Integration Hub Production Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to
develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e.,
development, test and quality assurance).

Data Integration Hub (DIH) Connected Applications

Packaging Data Integration Hub Connected Applications provides Connected Applications connections to applicable
PowerExchange connectivity to the Data Integration Hub.
License A Data Integration Hub Connected Applications may be licensed to support a Data Integration Hub License within a
Terms single Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total
number of Connected Applications connections purchased by Customer for such Production Environment and provided
Customer has licensed the applicable PowerExchange connectivity for each applicable Connected Applications number
and type. Each Connected Application requires a separate license. The connection of any Connected Application in
excess of the number licensed obligates Customer to purchase additional Connected Application licenses.

Data Integration Hub (DIH) Add-on for PowerCenter

Packaging Data Integration Hub Add-on for PowerCenter enables application data integration using publish and subscribe
methodologies across a hybrid IT infrastructure for an existing PowerCenter license.

Data Integration Hub Add-on for PowerCenter includes:

• One (1) Data Transformation (restricted use)

• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services
• Data Archive Standard Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) DIH Server
• One (1) DIH Console
• One (1) Data Integration Hubs Dashboards

Data Integration Hub Dashboards includes a Data Integration Hub operational data store (ODS) and dashboard with
out-of-the-box system defined KPI’s and charts providing a consolidated view of the hub activities. The option includes
a Logi-Analytics studio to enable dashboard customization and chart development.
License A Data Integration Hub Add-on for PowerCenter may be licensed to support PowerCenter Advanced Edition or
Terms PowerCenter Premium Edition within a single Production Environment. Data Integration Hub Add-on for PowerCenter
is licensed on a per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the
number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in
conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be
utilized or installed separately. Data Integration Hub Add-on for PowerCenter does not require Development lab
license. If purchasing Production Data Integration Hub Add-on for PowerCenter CPU-cores, Customer is entitled to

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 76
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
apply the Data Integration Hub Add-on to their existing PowerCenter Advanced Edition or PowerCenter Premium
Edition Non-production Environments.

Connected Application(s) for the Data Integration Hub Add-on Production Environment are licensed by the number of
Connected Application(s) specified by Customer at the time of purchase. Customer must license the applicable
PowerExchange connectivity for each applicable Connected Application(s).

This license includes a restricted Data Transformation, Data Archive Standard Edition, and PowerExchange for Web
Services installation which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated Data Integration Hub-
Add-on for PowerCenter application processes, and shall not be used for any other purpose.

Data Integration Hub for MDM

Packaging Data Integration Hub for MDM enables application data integration using publish and subscribe methodologies across a
hybrid IT infrastructure in support of Informatica MDM only.

Data Integration Hub for MDM includes:

• One (1) Data Transformation (restricted use)

• One (1) PowerCenter Standard Edition
• Scaling Option (Partitioning, Enterprise Grid, Push-Down Optimization
• Real Time Option
• Data connectivity to Flat Files and two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types selected at time of purchase.
• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services
• Data Archive Standard Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) DIH Server
• One (1) DIH Console
• One (1) Data Integration Hubs Dashboards
• Data Integration Hub Dashboards includes a Data Integration Hub operational data store (ODS) and
dashboard with out-of-the-box system defined KPI’s and charts providing a consolidated view of the hub
activities. The option includes a Logi-Analytics studio to enable dashboard customization and chart
development.
License Data Integration Hub for MDM permits Customer to deploy Data Integration Hub in support of Informatica MDM within a
Terms single Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total
number of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment and provided
Customer has licensed the applicable PowerExchange connectivity for each applicable Connected Application number
and type.

Each Connected Application requires a separate license. The addition of any Connected Application in excess of the
number licensed obligates Customer to purchase additional Connected Application licenses. Production CPU-cores may
be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment, and
Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production
Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of
CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable
Partition.

Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of Data Integration Hub for MDM within the single Production Environment,
subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above. Data Integration Hub for MDM may be licensed separately
from the PowerCenter Software. This license includes a restricted PowerCenter Advanced Edition, Data Archive
Standard Edition, and PowerExchange for Web Services installation which may be used by Customer solely in
conjunction with the associated Data Integration Hub for MDM application processes, and shall not be used for any other
purpose.

Data within the Data Integration Hub for MDM must source or target the Informatica MDM Environment.

Data Integration Hub for MDM Lab License

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 77
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Packaging A Data Integration Hub for MDM Lab License includes:

• Data Integration Hub for MDM Lab license allows development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes
only in a Lab environment.
• Data Integration Hub Lab CPU-cores:
o Data Integration Hub Lab CPU-cores means the total number of Lab CPU-cores licensed for use
in the Lab Environment.
License A Data Integration Hub for MDM Lab License entitles Customer to use Data Integration Hub within a Lab Environment
Terms provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-core
licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple Data Integration Hub Lab
Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does not exceed the number
of Lab CPU-cores licensed. A Data Integration Hub for MDM Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing
and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each Lab License is restricted
to use in support of no more than one (1) Data Integration Hub Production Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used
to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages
(i.e., development, test and quality assurance).

Data Integration Hub (DIH) for Informatica MDM Connected Applications Bundle
Packaging Data Integration Hub for Informatica MDM Connected Applications Bundle provides Connected Applications
connections to applicable PowerExchange connectivity to the Data Integration Hub.
License A Data Integration Hub for Informatica MDM Connected Applications Bundle may be licensed to support a Data
Terms Integration Hub for Informatica MDM License within a single Production Environment provided such use, including all
components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Connected Applications connections purchased by
Customer for such Production Environment and provided Customer has licensed the applicable PowerExchange
connectivity for each applicable Connected Applications number and type.

Each Connected Application requires a separate license. The connection of any Connected Application in excess of the
number licensed obligates Customer to purchase additional Connected Application licenses.

IDENTITY RESOLUTION

Informatica Identity Resolution

Packaging Informatica Identity Resolution provides both online and batch searching, matching, screening and duplicate discovery
of identity data stored in relational database tables and flat files.

Note: Informatica Identity Resolution does not include any Identity Resolution Populations (see description below). At
least one (1) Identity Resolution Population must be licensed with Informatica Identity Resolution.
License An Informatica Identity Resolution license entitles Customer to use Informatica Identity Resolution within a single
Terms Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number
of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production CPU-cores
may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment,
and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production
Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of
CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable
Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of Informatica Identity Resolution within the single Production
Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above. Informatica Identity Resolution cannot be
licensed without at least one (1) Identity Resolution Population (see description below).

Informatica Identity Resolution Lab License

Packaging An Informatica Identity Resolution Lab License entitles the customer to create the corresponding Informatica Identity
Resolution production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab Environment.
License An Informatica Identity Resolution Lab License entitles Customer to use Informatica Identity Resolution within a Lab
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab
CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple Informatica Identity
Resolution Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does not
exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. An Informatica Identity Resolution Lab License shall be used solely for
development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each Lab
License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of Informatica Identity Resolution.
Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab
Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance).

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 78
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
SSA-NAME 3
Packaging SSA-NAME 3 is developer software for applications that need to search or match names, Addresses, and identification
data. It supports global businesses with solutions for many languages, countries or character sets.

• SSA-NAME 3 does not include any Identity Resolution Populations (see description below). At least one (1)
Identity Resolution Population must be licensed with SSA-NAME 3.
License For Client Server installations, a SSA-NAME 3 license entitles Customer to use SSA-NAME 3 within a single Production
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of
Production CPU-core or MIPS licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production
CPU-cores or MIPS may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the
Production Environment, and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores or MIPS
are allocated in the Production Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores or MIPS licensed for the
Software is equal to the total number of CPU-cores or MIPS of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless
use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of SSA-NAME 3
within the single Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above. For mainframe
installations, Customer may install one (1) Instance of the Software on a single mainframe. SSA-NAME 3 provides
operating system support and specific platform optimization for IBM z/OS mainframe systems which entitles Customer
to use such Software up to the maximum number of MIPS licensed. Unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable
Partition, the total number of MIPS licensed for the Software must be equal to the total MIPS capacity of the machine in
which the SSA-NAME 3 Software is installed. There is no limit on the number of users that can access the Software on
the licensed machine. SSA NAME 3 cannot be licensed without at least one (1) Identity Resolution Population (see
description below).

SSA-NAME 3 Lab License

Packaging An SSA-NAME 3 Lab License entitles Customer to create a corresponding SSA-NAME 3 production license for
development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab Environment.
License A SSA-NAME 3 Lab License entitles Customer to use SSA-NAME 3 within a Lab Environment provided such use,
Terms including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab CPU-core or MIPS licenses
purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple SSA Name 3 Lab Environments as
long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does not exceed the number of Lab CPU-
cores licensed. A SSA-Name 3 Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance
purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each Lab License is restricted to use in support of no
more than one (1) production Instance of SSA-Name3. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It
is recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality
assurance).

IDENTITY RESOLUTION OPTIONS – INFORMATICA PLATFORM

DQIR Country Population

Packaging Country and application specific pre-built rules. Populations are licensed by individual country, applications (OFAC, AML,
and Latin_1/International*), or a regional population pack which includes a group of country populations for a specific
region (as indicated below). All populations referenced in each regional population pack can be licensed as individual
country populations.

Americas Regional Population Pack includes the following countries:

Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, México, Perú, Puerto Rico and USA.

APAC Regional Population Pack includes the following countries:

Australia, China, India, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, Taiwan, Thailand,
Hong Kong and Vietnam.

EMEA Regional Population Pack includes the following countries:

Arabia, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany (includes Austria),
Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Slovakia,
South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey and United Kingdom.

Note: The Latin 1/International Application Population is the English language based population for English language
based customers whose data is in the Latin1 character-set and a large percentage of which is derived from countries
other than their own.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 79
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
License Identity Resolution Populations are licensed by individual country, “Regional Country Population Pack and application
Terms types to support one Production Environment or software Instance (depending upon the applicable software license
metric(s).

In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Identity Resolution
Populations Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately. of Informatica
Identity Resolution Software, SSA-NAME 3 Software, Data Quality Identity Match Option, Identity Match Option on
Hadoop, Informatica Data Quality Advanced Edition, Informatica Data Quality Premium Edition, Informatica MDM
Multidomain Foundation Bundle, Registry Identity Match, Registry MDM Match and Link, or Embedded MDM software.

If Customer purchases a Regional Country Population Pack Identity Resolution Population license, the populations are
extended to all country populations that are available from Informatica at the time of licensing for that Regional Country
Population Pack offering, provided that use of such populations remains restricted to the supported Informatica
production license.

ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION - POWERCENTER

PowerCenter Advanced Edition

Packaging PowerCenter Advanced Edition includes:

• PowerCenter Standard Edition

• Business Glossary
• Business Glossary Viewer (Unlimited)
• Business Glossary Desktop (Unlimited)
• Scaling Option (Partitioning, Enterprise Grid, Push-Down Optimization)
• Team-based Development Option
• Real Time Option
• Data Transformation (restricted to converting between hierarchical and relational and between relational and
hierarchical formats only)
• One hundred ten (110) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users (Note: one hundred ten (110) Named Users
in total and not in addition to the one hundred (100) Named Users included in PowerCenter Standard Edition)
• PowerCenter Metadata Manager
• Metadata Manager aggregates and links business and technical metadata from a wide range of data sources
in an integration metadata catalog. Analysis of data lineage and where data is used is derived from the
metadata catalog enhanced by integrated profiling, annotations, drilldown and advanced search capabilities.
o Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition for PowerCenter, Informatica Data Services, and
Data Quality (basic connectivity between Metadata Manager and Informatica Software included
with the base packaging)
o One (1) Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition for a database (database connection),
selected to match intended configuration. (selection must be made at the time of licenses
purchase)

Note: Selection must be made at time of license purchase. Selection is limited to one of the following: DB2 RDBMS,
Informix RDBMS, JDBC, Microsoft SQL Server RDBMS, Netezza, Oracle RDBMS, Sybase ASE RDBMS, and Teradata.
License A PowerCenter Advanced Edition license entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Advanced Edition within a single
Terms Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number
of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production CPU-cores
may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment,
and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production
Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of
CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable
Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of PowerCenter Advanced Edition Repository within the single
Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above. The PowerExchange for Data Types
licenses included with the PowerCenter Software shall be restricted to the single Production Environment and cannot be
transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter) Environments.
Software components listed in the Packaging section above may be installed and operated on server(s) with up to the
number of Production CPU-cores licensed, provided that such components must be installed collectively as a single

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 80
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
installation sharing the number of Production CPU-cores licensed. Such individual components are restricted from being
deployed independently in different locations running separate base installations or separate CPU-cores. All other
license terms and conditions associated with each individual component as described in this document continue to apply.

Note: Refer to the Metadata Manager and Business Glossary Split Domain policy in the General License Terms for
additional deployment options.

PowerCenter Advanced Edition Lab License

Packaging PowerCenter Advanced Edition Lab License includes:

• PowerCenter Repository for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab
Environment
• PowerCenter Lab CPU-cores:
o PowerCenter Lab CPU-cores means the total number of Lab CPU-cores licensed to support one
(1) or more PowerCenter Application Services in the Lab Environment.
• PowerCenter Options identical to those licensed for the associated Production Environment. PowerCenter
Metadata Manager Repository for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab
Environment.
• PowerCenter Metadata Manager Metadata Exchange for Advanced Edition identical to those licensed for the
associated Production Environment.
License A PowerCenter Advanced Edition Lab License entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Advanced Edition within a Lab
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab
CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple PowerCenter
Advanced Edition Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does
not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. A PowerCenter Advanced Edition Lab License shall be used solely
for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each
Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of PowerCenter Advanced
Edition. The PowerCenter Advanced Edition Lab License shall include any PowerCenter Data Option, Pack, or Package
licenses and selected PowerExchange Software licenses, as indicated below, and any PowerCenter add-ons that support
Hadoop processing that Customer has licensed separately for the corresponding Production Environment. Any
Development or testing of mappings or processing workflows for Hadoop can be deployed only on Hadoop Nodes that
are licensed in support of the Data Engineering Integration license. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM
applications. It is recommended that Customer purchase separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e.,
development, test and quality assurance).

Software components listed in the Packaging section above may be installed and operated on server(s) with up to the
number of Lab CPU-cores licensed, provided that such components must be installed collectively as a single installation
sharing the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. Such individual components are restricted from being deployed
independently in different locations running separate base installations or separate CPU-cores. All other license terms
and conditions associated with each individual component as described in this document continue to apply.

PowerExchange Software covered under a PowerCenter Advanced Edition Lab License provided such
PowerExchange Software has been licensed by Customer for the production environment:
PowerExchange for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, PowerExchange for SAP NetWeaver & NetWeaver BI, PowerExchange
for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne, PowerExchange for JD Edwards World, PowerExchange for PeopleSoft Enterprise,
PowerExchange for Siebel, PowerExchange for SAS, PowerExchange for Essbase, PowerExchange for Lotus Notes,
PowerExchange for Oracle E-Business Suite, PowerExchange for Salesforce, PowerExchange for WebSphere MQ,
PowerExchange for Tibco, PowerExchange for webMethods Broker, PowerExchange for MSMQ, PowerExchange for
Web Services, PowerExchange for LDAP, PowerExchange for OData, PowerExchange for Email Servers,
PowerExchange for Data Type – DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows, PowerExchange for Data Type – Informix Dynamic
Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – SQL Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – Netezza Performance Server,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Sybase, PowerExchange for Data Type – Teradata, PowerExchange for Data Type –
Oracle, PowerExchange for Data Type – ODBC, PowerExchange for Data Type – JDBC, PowerExchange for Data
Type – Greenplum, PowerExchange for Data Type - Vertica, PowerExchange for Data Type – Cassandra,
PowerExchange for Facebook, PowerExchange for Twitter, PowerExchange for LinkedIn, PowerExchange for Kapow,
PowerExchange for Data Type – DataSift, PowerExchange for Data Type – MongoDB, PowerExchange for
Hbase,PowerExchange for Server CDC instances included with any associated PowerCenter Real Time Edition
Upgrade bundle or PowerCenter Real Time Package, and PowerExchange for Hadoop.

PowerCenter Premium Edition

Packaging PowerCenter Premium Edition includes:

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 81
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

• PowerCenter Advanced Edition

• Data Validation Option
• PowerCenter Monitoring Option
• Data Transformation
• One hundred twenty (120) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users

Note: One hundred twenty (120) Named Users in total and not in addition to the (110) Named Users included
PowerCenter Advanced Edition
License A PowerCenter Premium Edition license entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Premium Edition within a single
Terms Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number
of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production CPU-cores
may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment,
and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production
Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of
CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable
Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of PowerCenter Premium Edition Repository within the single
Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above. The PowerExchange for Data Types
licenses included with the PowerCenter Software shall be restricted to the single Production Environment and cannot be
transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter) Environments.

Note: Refer to the Metadata Manager and Business Glossary Split Domain policy for additional deployment options on
these tools.

PowerCenter Premium Edition Lab License

Packaging PowerCenter Premium Edition Lab License includes:

• PowerCenter Lab CPU-cores for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab
Environment.
• PowerCenter Application Services in the Lab Environment.
• PowerCenter Options, Packs, and Packages identical to those licensed for the associated Production
Environment.
• PowerCenter Metadata Manager Repository for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only
in a Lab Environment.
• PowerCenter Metadata Manager Metadata Exchange for Advanced Edition identical to those licensed for the
associated Production Environment.
License A PowerCenter Premium Edition Lab License entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Premium Edition within a Lab
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab
CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple PowerCenter
Premium Edition Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does
not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. A PowerCenter Premium Edition Lab License shall be used solely
for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each
Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of PowerCenter Premium
Edition. The PowerCenter Premium Edition Lab License shall include any PowerCenter Data Option, Pack or Package
licenses and selected PowerExchange Software licenses, as indicated below, that Customer has licensed separately for
the corresponding Production Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is
recommended that Customer purchase separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality
assurance).

Software components listed in the Packaging section above may be installed and operated on server(s) with up to the
number of Lab CPU-cores licensed, provided that such components must be installed collectively as a single installation
sharing the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. Such individual components are restricted from being deployed
independently in different locations running separate base installations or separate CPU-cores. All other license terms
and conditions associated with each individual component as described in this document continue to apply.

PowerExchange Software covered under a PowerCenter Premium Edition Lab License provided such
PowerExchange Software has been licensed by Customer for the production environment:
PowerExchange for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, PowerExchange for SAP NetWeaver & NetWeaver BI, PowerExchange
for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne, PowerExchange for JD Edwards World, PowerExchange for PeopleSoft Enterprise,
PowerExchange for Siebel, PowerExchange for SAS, PowerExchange for Essbase, PowerExchange for Lotus Notes,
PowerExchange for Oracle E-Business Suite, PowerExchange for Salesforce, PowerExchange for WebSphere MQ,
PowerExchange for Tibco, PowerExchange for webMethods Broker, PowerExchange for MSMQ, PowerExchange for

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 82
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Web Services, PowerExchange for LDAP, PowerExchange for OData, PowerExchange for Email Servers,
PowerExchange for Data Type – DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows, PowerExchange for Data Type – Informix Dynamic
Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – SQL Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – Netezza Performance Server,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Sybase, PowerExchange for Data Type – Teradata, PowerExchange for Data Type –
Oracle, PowerExchange for Data Type – ODBC, PowerExchange for Data Type – JDBC PowerExchange for Data Type
– Greenplum, PowerExchange for Data Type - Vertica, PowerExchange for Data Type – Cassandra, PowerExchange
for Facebook, PowerExchange for Twitter, PowerExchange for LinkedIn, PowerExchange for Kapow, PowerExchange
for Data Type, DataSift, PowerExchange for Data Type – MongoDB, PowerExchange for Hbase, PowerExchange for
Data Type CDC instances included with any associated PowerCenter Real Time Package, and PowerExchange for
Hadoop.

PowerCenter Standard Edition

Packaging PowerCenter Standard Edition includes:

• Production Repository(ies)
• PowerCenter Production Repository means the metadata repository of the PowerCenter Software installed
on one or more host servers in the Production Environment. Customer may install one or more PowerCenter
Production Repositories within a single Production Environment.
• PowerCenter Production CPU-cores means the total number of production CPU-cores licensed to support
one (1) or more PowerCenter Application Services (see Application Services listed below).
• Two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types (restricted use)
• PowerExchange for Ultra Messaging
• PowerExchange for DB2 for Linux UNIX Windows
• PowerExchange for Informix Dynamic Server
• PowerExchange for ODBC
• PowerExchange for Oracle
• PowerExchange for SQL Server
• PowerExchange for Sybase
• Standard XML access to support XML schema size smaller than 400 elements and less than 100KB, XML file
size limited to 10MB, and a complexity profile limited to three (3) hierarchy levels with support for Complex
Types: Sequence, Any, and Choice. Supporting XML import wizard is limited to creating 400 views.
• Flat File access in batch mode: (Processing variable-length records with embedded length fields, or other flat
files with complex content, may require additional licensing options at an additional fee)
• LDAP Authentication
• Mapping Architect for Visio
• One hundred (100) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users
• Mapping Analyst for Excel
• Reference Table Manager
• Informatica Data Services (restricted: Non-production)
• Basic Profiling (Column, Rule, Join Validation, Mapping Generation from Profile, Midstream, Comparative
Profiling) Scorecarding not included.
• Partitioning Option
• Unlimited Client Tools
o Designer
o Workflow Manager
o Workflow Monitor
o Repository Manager
o Repository Server Administration Console
o Informatica Developer (Restricted use: Must purchase PowerCenter Productivity Add-on Package
to use Dynamic Mapping functionality)
• Informatica Analyst Viewers (read-only Analyst users) PowerCenter Application Services
• PowerCenter Application Services means the server-based components that enable the PowerCenter
capabilities to function. Deployment of Application Services triggers licensing requirements. PowerCenter
Application Services components include the following:
o PowerCenter Integration Service
o Web Services Hub (Metadata and operations web service components. To enable Web Services
data consumption or provider capabilities, additional license components are required.)
o PowerCenter Repository Service
o Data Integration Service
o SAP BW Service
o Model Repository Service

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 83
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
o Mapping Execution Service
o Analyst Service
• Batch Integration
License A PowerCenter Standard Edition license entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Standard Edition within a single
Terms Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number
of Production CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production CPU-cores
may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production Environment,
and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such CPU-cores are allocated in the Production
Environment provided that the number of Production CPU-cores licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of
CPU-cores of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable
Partition. Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of PowerCenter Standard Edition Repository within the single
Production Environment, subject to the Production CPU-core limit described above. The PowerExchange for Data Types
licenses included with the PowerCenter Software shall be restricted to the single Production Environment and cannot be
transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter) Environments.

This license includes a restricted use copy of Informatica Data Services (SQL End Point only) which shall be used by
Customer solely for the purpose of prototyping the data integration project during the development and testing stages, to
then move the integration logic to PowerCenter for deployment. The restricted use Informatica Data Services license
does not include the right to run the Software for other virtualization use cases such as standing-up reports in production
and, accordingly, Customer shall not use the Informatica Data Services Software for such purposes whether or not it is
feasible to do so.

PowerCenter Standard Edition Lab License

Packaging PowerCenter Standard Edition Lab License includes:

• PowerCenter Repository for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab
Environment.
• PowerCenter Lab CPU-cores:
o PowerCenter Lab CPU-cores means the total number of Lab CPU-cores licensed to support one
(1) or more PowerCenter Application Services in the Lab Environment
• PowerCenter Options, Packs, and Packages identical to those licensed for the associated Production
Environment.
License A PowerCenter Standard Edition Lab License entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Standard Edition within a Lab
Terms Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Lab
CPU-core licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple PowerCenter
Standard Edition Lab Environments as long as the total number of CPU-cores associated with such Environments does
not exceed the number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. A PowerCenter Standard Edition Lab License shall be used solely
for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a Production Environment. Each
Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production Environment of PowerCenter Standard
Edition. The PowerCenter Standard Edition Lab License shall include any PowerCenter Data Option, Pack, or Package
licenses and selected PowerExchange Software licenses, as indicated below, and any PowerCenter add-ons that support
Hadoop processing, that Customer has licensed separately for the corresponding Production Environment. Any
development or testing of mappings or processing workflows for Hadoop can be deployed only on Hadoop Nodes that
are licensed in support of the PowerCenter license. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is
recommended that Customer deploy separate Lab Environments for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and
quality assurance.

PowerExchange Software covered under a PowerCenter Standard Edition Lab License provided such
PowerExchange Software has been licensed by Customer for the Production Environment:
PowerExchange for Microsoft Dynamics CRM, PowerExchange for SAP NetWeaver & NetWeaver BI, PowerExchange
for JD Edwards EnterpriseOne, PowerExchange for JD Edwards World, PowerExchange for PeopleSoft Enterprise,
PowerExchange for Siebel, PowerExchange for SAS, PowerExchange for Essbase, PowerExchange for Lotus Notes,
PowerExchange for Oracle E-Business Suite, PowerExchange for Salesforce, PowerExchange for WebSphere MQ,
PowerExchange for Tibco, PowerExchange for webMethods Broker, PowerExchange for MSMQ, PowerExchange for
Web Services, PowerExchange for LDAP, PowerExchange for OData, PowerExchange for Email Servers,
PowerExchange for Data Type – DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows, PowerExchange for Data Type – Informix Dynamic
Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – SQL Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – Netezza Performance Server,
PowerExchange for Data Type – Sybase, PowerExchange for Data Type – Teradata, PowerExchange for Data Type –
Oracle, PowerExchange for Data Type – ODBC, PowerExchange for Data Type – JDBC, PowerExchange for Data Type
– Greenplum, PowerExchange for Data Type - Vertica, PowerExchange for Data Type - Cassandra, PowerExchange for
Facebook, PowerExchange for Twitter, PowerExchange for LinkedIn, PowerExchange for Kapow, PowerExchange for

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 84
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Data Type – DataSift, PowerExchange for Data Type – MongoDB, PowerExchange for Hbase,PowerExchange for Data
Type CDC instances included with any associated PowerCenter Real Time Package, and PowerExchange for Hadoop.

PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Software

Packaging PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux provides a single scalable engine to integrate data from complex data sources
in batch, or real-time natively on the mainframe. PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux provides operating system
support and specific platform optimization for z/Linux mainframe systems and includes the following components:

• Production Repository
• PowerCenter Production Repository means the metadata repository of the PowerCenter Software installed
on one or more host servers in the Production Environment. Customer may install one or more PowerCenter
Production Repositories within a single Production Environment.
• Two (2) PowerExchange for Data Types (restricted use)
• PowerExchange for Ultra Messaging
• Standard XML access to support XML schema size smaller than 400 elements and less than 100KB, XML file
size limited to 10MB, and a complexity profile limited to three (3) hierarchy levels with support for Complex
Types: Sequence, Any, and Choice. Supporting XML import wizard is limited to creating 400 views.
• Flat File access in batch mode

Note: Processing variable-length records with embedded length fields, or other flat files with complex content, may
require additional licensing options at an additional fee.
• Power Center Production IFLs
o PowerCenter Production IFLs means the total number of IFLs licensed to support one (1) or more
PowerCenter Application Services in the Production Environment.
• Unlimited Client Tools
o Designer
o Workflow manager
o Workflow monitor
o Repository manager
o Repository server administration console
o Informatica Developer Seats
PowerCenter Application Services
• PowerCenter Application Services means the server-based components that enable the PowerCenter
capabilities to function. Deployment of Application Services triggers licensing requirements. PowerCenter
Application Services components include the following:
o PowerCenter Integration Service
o Web Services Hub (Metadata and operations web service components. To enable Web Services
data consumption or provider capabilities, additional license components are required.)
o PowerCenter Repository Service
o Data Integration Service
o Model Repository Service
o Mapping Execution Service
License A PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux license entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux
Terms within a single Production Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed
the total number of Production IFL licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment. Such Production
IFLs may be deployed or allocated in any manner or ratio across any or all shared servers within the Production
Environment, and Customer is permitted to change the manner or ratio in which such IFLs are allocated in the Production
Environment provided that the number of Production IFLs licensed for the Software is equal to the total number of IFLs
of the shared servers in the Production Environment unless use of the Software is restricted to a verifiable Partition.
Customer may run one (1) or more Instances of PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Repository within the single
Production Environment, subject to the Production IFLs limit described above. The PowerExchange for Data Types
licenses included with the PowerCenter Software shall be restricted to the single Production Environment and cannot be
transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter) Environments.
For purposes of licensing Software products complementary to and/or compatible with PowerCenter Standard Edition for
z/Linux, an IFL is deemed to be equivalent to a single CPU-core and is calculated on a one CPU-core to one IFL basis.

PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab License

Packaging PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab License includes:

• PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Repository for development, testing and/or quality assurance
purposes only in a Non-production Environment.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 85
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• PowerCenter Lab IFLs:
o PowerCenter Lab IFLs means the total number of Lab IFLs licensed to support one (1) or more
PowerCenter Application Services in the Lab Environment.
• PowerCenter Options identical to those licensed for the associated Production Environment.
License Term A PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab License entitles Customer to use PowerCenter Standard Edition for
z/Linux within a Lab Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the
total number of Lab IFL licenses purchased by Customer for such Lab Environment. Customer may deploy multiple
PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab Environments as long as the total number of IFLs associated with such
Environments does not exceed the number of Lab IFLs licensed. A PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab
License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used in a
Production Environment. Each Lab License is restricted to use in support of no more than one (1) Production
Environment of PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux. The PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab License
shall include any PowerCenter for z/Linux Data Option, Pack or Package licenses and selected PowerExchange
Software licenses, as indicated below, that Customer has licensed separately for the corresponding Production
Environment. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that Customer purchase
separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance). For purposes of licensing
Software products complementary to and/or compatible with PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux, an IFL is deemed
to be equivalent to a single CPU-core and is calculated on a one CPU-core to one IFL basis.

PowerExchange Software covered under a PowerCenter Standard Edition for z/Linux Lab License provided such
PowerExchange Software has been licensed by Customer for the production environment:
PowerExchange for Web Services, PowerExchange for Data Type – DB2 for Linux, UNIX, Windows, PowerExchange
for Data Type – Informix Dynamic Server, PowerExchange for Data Type – SQL Server (Requires the purchase of
additional software), PWX for SQL Server CDC, PowerExchange for Data Type – Oracle, and PowerExchange for Ultra
Messaging.

ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION - POWERCENTER OPTIONS, PACKS, AND PACKAGES

Data Validation Option

Packaging Data Validation Option includes:

• Data Validation engine which enables Customer to execute rule-based validation across data sets utilizing
PowerCenter transformation and expression languages, and it includes the following components:
• Thick Client Windows GUI for defining rules and executing tests.
• DVO Repository
• Thick Client (BIRT) reporting
• SQL, Lookup, Join Views
• Window and UNIX Command Line Interface
• Thin Client Reporting
• Parameterization Support
• Write out ALL error rows

Note: Validation Option requires database storage to store rules/tests and results of executed tests.
License Data Validation Option may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter (any Edition) for an additional fee. Data Validation
Terms Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to
the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in
conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized
or installed separately.

PowerCenter DQ Developer Option

Packaging For a customer licensed for PowerCenter (all editions), the PowerCenter DQ Developer Option allows customer to
develop Informatica Data Quality mapplets for processing within a PowerCenter workflow.

PowerCenter DQ Developer Option includes:

• One (1) Data Quality Server (restricted use; advanced profiling capabilities excluded)
• Two (2) Informatica Data Quality Developer Seats (restricted use)

Note: Additional fees shall apply if there are changes to the Software configuration.
License PowerCenter DQ Developer Option may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter (any Edition) Software for an
Terms additional fee. PowerCenter DQ Developer Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 86
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition,
this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration Production
Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately. The Data Quality software included
with the PowerCenter DQ Developer Option Software is a restricted use license and shall be used solely for developing
Informatica Data Quality mapplets for processing within a PowerCenter workflow.

PowerCenter DI Governance Option

Packaging PowerCenter DI Governance Option includes:

• Metadata Manager
• Business Glossary
• Business Glossary Viewer (Unlimited)
• Business Glossary Desktop (Unlimited)
• One (1) Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition for a database (database connection), (selection
must be made at time of license purchase).
License PowerCenter DI Governance Option may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter Standard Edition for an additional
Terms fee.

PowerCenter DI Governance Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-
cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment.

In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration
Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately

Note: Refer to the Metadata Manager and Business Glossary Split Domain policy for additional deployment options on
these tools.

PowerCenter Metadata Exchange Option for Standard Edition (MDX for PCSE)
Packaging Metadata Exchange Option for Standard Edition enables Customer to source metadata from various sources into the
PowerCenter repositories.

Current Offerings: Business Objects Designer, CA Gen, CA Platinum Erwin, IBM Cognos, Common Warehouse
MetaModel (CWM), Embarcadero ERStudio, Hyperion EIS, IBM DB2 Cube Views, IBM Rational Rose, IBM Rational
Data Architect, Microsoft Visio, MicroStrategy, OMG Common Warehouse MetaModel (CWM), Oracle Designer, Oracle
Warehouse Builder, Telelogic (Popkin) System Architect, Select SE, Grandite Silverrun – RDM, SAP PowerDesigner,
XMI (OMG Metadata Interchange).
License Metadata Exchange Option for Standard Edition may be licensed in support of Informatica PowerCenter (all Editions)
Terms Software for an additional fee. Each Metadata Exchange Option for Standard Edition licensed shall be restricted to use
within a single PowerCenter Production Environment. In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in
conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized
or installed separately. Metadata Exchange Option for Standard Edition is licensed on a per data type basis by application
or data format type. Customer must obtain a separate Metadata Exchange Option for Standard Edition Software license
for each PowerCenter Production Environment. The licenses purchased may not be transferred or re-distributed.

PowerCenter Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition (MDX for PCAE)
Packaging Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition enables Customer to source metadata from various sources into the
Metadata Repository or the Metadata Repository and the PowerCenter Repository.

Data types available that support sourcing only into the Metadata Repository:

• DB2 RDBMS
• IBM DB2 on z/OS (Note: requires PowerExchange for DB2 z/OS)
• Informix RDBMS
• JDBC
• Microsoft SQL Server RDBMS
• Oracle RDBMS
• Sybase ASE RDBMS
• Business Objects (includes Desktop Intelligence, Web Intelligence, and Crystal reports)
• Microsoft SQL Server Reporting and Analysis Server
• Netezza

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 87
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Oracle Business Intelligence Enterprise Edition (OBIEE)
• SAP R/3
• SSIS
• Teradata
• Tableau

Data types available that support sourcing into the Metadata Repository and the PowerCenter Repository:

• CA Platinum Erwin
• IBM Cognos
• Embarcadero ERStudio
• MicroStrategy
• SAP PowerDesigner
License Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter Advanced Edition
Terms Software or other applicable Informatica Software for an additional fee. Each Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced
Edition licensed shall be restricted to use within a single Production Environment and subject to Repository support as
specified above. In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Environment
whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately. Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition
is licensed on a per data type basis by application or data format type. Customer must obtain a separate Metadata
Exchange Option for Advanced Edition Software license for each Production Environment. The licenses purchased may
not be transferred or re-distributed.

Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition for IBM DB2 on/zOS ships with a restricted version of PowerExchange
for Mainframe for DB2/zOS to enable extraction of metadata off the mainframe. Customer shall use such PowerExchange
for Mainframe for DB2/zOS Software solely to enable extraction of metadata off the mainframe in conjunction with the
associated Metadata Exchange Option for Advanced Edition for IBM DB2 on z/OS Software, and shall not use such
Software for any other purpose.

PowerCenter Monitoring Option

Packaging PowerCenter Monitoring Option identifies and alerts your IT organization that one or more processes have failed or are
in danger of failing because of wide difference from the norm, and alerts your IT development organization regarding
best practices violations that lead to failures and/or performance issues that are hard to track and debug after the fact.

PowerCenter Monitoring Option includes:

• A single RulePoint Server Instance (restricted use) with five (5) Named Users
• RulePoint SDK five (5) Named Developers
• A single Real-Time Alert Manager Server Instance (restricted use) with five (5) Named Users
• A single RulePoint/Real-Time Alert Manager Lab server Instance
License PowerCenter Monitoring Option may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter (any Edition) for an additional fee.
Terms PowerCenter Monitoring Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores
licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition, this option can only be
used in support of and in conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration Environment whether or not it is
feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

PowerCenter Productivity Package

Packaging PowerCenter Productivity Package provides dynamic mapping and SQL to mapping capabilities in the Informatica
Developer tool. It allows users to:

• Create reusable template once using dynamic mapping and reuse it for mass ingestion of data from different
data sources.
• Create self-adjusting mappings that adjust automatically based on rules at runtime when table metadata
changes.
• Create a template using SQL Mapping Conversion to convert hand-coded SQL to Informatica Mappings and
make them reusable and transparent.
License PowerCenter Productivity Package may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter (any Edition) Software for an
Terms additional fee. PowerCenter Productivity Package is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of
Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment.

In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration
Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 88
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

PowerCenter Real-time Package

PowerCenter Real-time Package includes:
Packaging
• Data Transformation
• Data Services Web Services REST End Point
• Data Services Web Services SOAP End Point
• PowerCenter Real Time enables processing workflows in real-time with the following functions:
o One (1) Zero Latency Engine
o Always on, always listening sessions.
o Real-time notifications.
o Transaction awareness.
o Bi-directional data and message connectivity.
o JMS Connectivity (previously licensed separately as “PowerConnect for JMS”).
o Web Services support for enabling mappings to be implemented and exposed as web services via
Web Service workflows.
o Allows finer grained PowerCenter operations (e.g., Transformation Processes) to be exposed as
real-time services.
• One (1) PowerExchange for Web Services
• One (1) PowerExchange for EAI/Messaging Data Type
• Two (2) PowerExchange for Databases CDC Option Data Type Instances
PowerCenter Real-time Package may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter (any Edition) for an additional fee.
License PowerCenter Real-time Package is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores
Terms licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition, this option shall only be
used in support of and in conjunction with the associated PowerCenter data integration Environment whether or not it is
feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

The PowerExchange for Data Types CDC Option Data Type Instance licenses included with the Package shall be
restricted to support the single Production Environment and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica
Software (including, without limitation, other PowerCenter Environments). All other license terms and conditions
associated with each individual component as described in this document continue to apply.

Team-based Development Option

Packaging Team-based Development Option offers development efficiencies with the following functions:

• Store multiple versions of a given object, each with unique properties, during development.
• Check out/reserve an object for editing and check in the object when new version is complete.
• Delete an object from view and continue to store it in the repository; recover (undelete) deleted objects or
permanently remove (purge) an object version from the repository.
• Create labels that can be applied to versioned objects in the repository allow for association of multiple objects
in groups defined by the label; may be used to track versioned objects during development, improve query
results, and organize groups of objects for deployment or export and import.
• Track changes to an object to enable review of a history that includes all versions of an object and compares
any version of the object in the history to any other version.
License Team-based Development Option may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter (any Edition) Software and Informatica
Terms Data Quality (Standard Edition) for an additional fee. Team-based Development Option is licensed on per Production
CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the
Production Environment. In addition, this option can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated
PowerCenter data integration Environment and Informatica Data Quality (Standard Edition) whether or not it is feasible
for it to be utilized or installed separately.

ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION PLATFORM OPTION

Healthcare Analytics Accelerator

Packaging Healthcare Analytics Accelerator provides a data model that embodies clinical quality, disease management, utilization,
and financial domains typically found in Electronic Health Record (HER) applications.

Healthcare Analytics Accelerator includes:

• Three (3) business models (landing zone, data vault, analytics)

• One (1) Certification Model
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 89
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Associated Metadata
• ETL template maps
• End-User documentation
License A Healthcare Analytics Accelerator License allows Customer to install one (1) production Instance of the Software to
Terms support one (1) Informatica Production Environment and associated Non-production Environments. This software can
only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Informatica Software whether or not it is feasible for it
to be utilized or installed separately. Additional copies of the Healthcare Analytics Accelerator License may be installed
to support the corresponding production Instance of Healthcare Analytics Accelerator solely for development, testing
and/or quality assurance purposes.

Note: The solution components within the Software are distinct from product components in that they contain no machine
code. As such they can be modified by Customer which, in turn, may lead to changes in the behavior of the solution.
Informatica will endeavor to resolve issues related to such changes but does not warrant or guarantee specific service
levels nor commit to guaranteed time parameters for resolving such issues. Any support effort related to a customer
modification may be subject to an additional Statement of Work.

Scaling Option
Packaging Scaling Option includes:

• PowerCenter Enterprise Grid Option

o Session on Grid Module
o Partitioning Module
o High Availability Module
o Workflow on Grid Module
• Pushdown Optimization Option
License Scaling Option may be licensed in support of the PowerCenter Standard Edition or other applicable Informatica Software
Terms for an additional fee. Scaling Option is licensed on per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-
cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition, this option can
only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Software Production Environment whether or not it is
feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately

ENTERPRISE DATA INTEGRATION POWEREXCHANGE

PowerExchange for Applications

Packaging PowerExchange for Applications provides functionality to directly source and target the application layer of the source
type licensed.

Supported applications: SAP NetWeaver & SAP NetWeaver BI, JD Edwards EnterpriseOne, JD Edwards World,
PeopleSoft Enterprise, Siebel, SAS, Essbase, Lotus Notes, Oracle E-Business Suite, and Microsoft Dynamics CRM.
License PowerExchange for Applications may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with PowerCenter or other
Terms compatible Informatica Software for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for Applications is
licensed on a per application (e.g., Siebel) and per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores
licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-cores in the Production Environment. In addition, PowerExchange for
Applications can only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated PowerCenter or other compatible
Informatica Software Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

PowerExchange for Data Types

Packaging A PowerExchange for Data Types license provides the right to source or target all instances of a particular type of
relational database as specified at the time of licensing. For example, an Oracle data type license provides access to all
Oracle database instances in the environment.

Supported Data Types: Netezza Performance Server; Teradata; Greenplum; Hadoop; Hbase; JDBC*; and Vertica.

*JDBC availability limited to Informatica Data Quality (all editions) and Informatica Data Services.

Note: PowerExchange Hadoop is not eligible as a free pick on Informatica Software where picks are included.
License PowerExchange for Data Types may be licensed solely in conjunction with compatible Informatica Software for an
Terms additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for Data Types is licensed on a per Data Type and per
Production Environment basis. A PowerExchange for Data Types license is restricted to use within a single Production
Environment supporting compatible Informatica Software installed within that Production Environment. With a

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 90
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
PowerExchange for Data Types license, Customer may source data from all relational databases of the designated
Source Data Type and target data solely to databases of the same Target Data Type in batch mode only.

PowerExchange CDC Publisher – Options for Data Streaming Platforms

Packaging PowerExchange CDC Publisher – Options for Data Streaming Platforms allows CDC data persisted by the
PowerExchange CDC Remote Logger service to be published to distributed data streaming platform.

Supported Options:

PowerExchange CDC Publisher – Option for Apache Kafka. This option allows publishing of PowerExchange CDC
remote logged data to Apache Kafka distributed streaming platform.

PowerExchange CDC Publisher – Option for MapR Streams. This option allows publishing of PowerExchange CDC
remote logged data to the MapR distributed streaming platform
License PowerExchange CDC Publisher – Options for Data Streaming Platforms must be licensed in conjunction with
Terms PowerExchange Change Data Capture Options. PowerExchange CDC Publisher - Options for Data Streaming Platforms
is licensed based on the required number of Data Streaming Platform Instances where data will be published. Each
distinct Data Streaming Platform target cluster requires a separate license. The Production product license includes
Non-production.

Note: PowerCenter is not required to be licensed in support of the PowerExchange Change Data Capture (CDC)
Options.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Options

Packaging PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Options provide access to relational data stored in databases in CDC mode.
Change Data Capture (CDC) provides change-only data in either batch or real-time mode since a previous point in time
(e.g., last extract, query, or midnight yesterday). CDC Option also includes batch capabilities.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for DB2-UDB. This option provides access to relational data stored in
DB2-UDB application databases in real-time.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for Oracle. This option provides access to relational data stored in
Oracle application databases in CDC and real-time modes, respectively.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for SQL Server. This option provides access to relational data stored
in SQL Server application databases in real-time.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for MySQL EE Server. This option provides access to relational data
stored in MySQL EE Server application databases in real-time.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for PostGre-SQL Server. This option provides access to relational
data stored in PostGreSQL databases in real-time.

Note: CDC functionality varies by data type. For all PowerCenter Editions, to use CDC data streams functionality Real
Time Option or Real Time Package is required.
License PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Options may be licensed in conjunction with PowerCenter or other compatible
Terms Informatica Software. PowerExchange for Databases - CDC Options is licensed based on the total number of server
instances of the relational database from which data is sourced, with the exception of an Oracle database.
PowerExchange for Databases - CDC Option for Oracle is licensed based on the total number of Oracle database System
IDs (“SIDs”). For each relational database type from which data is sourced, Customer must license a separate server
Instance or SID, as applicable.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option Lab License

Packaging The PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option Lab License enables Customer to create a corresponding
PowerExchange Instance for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes in a Non-production Environment.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for DB2-UDB. This option provides access to relational data stored in
DB2-UDB application databases in real-time.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for Oracle. This option provides access to relational data stored in
Oracle application databases in CDC and real-time modes, respectively.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 91
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for SQL Server. This option provides access to relational data stored
in SQL Server application databases in real-time.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for MySQL EE Server. This option provides access to relational data
stored in MySQL EE Server application databases in real-time.

PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option for PostGre-SQL Server. This option provides access to relational
data stored in PostGreSQL databases in real-time.

Note: CDC functionality varies by data type. For all PowerCenter Editions, to use CDC data streams functionality Real
Time Option or Real Time Package is required.
License Each PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option Lab License is licensed on a per Instance basis. Customer may not
Terms use more than the total number of PowerExchange Lab License Instances purchased. Each License is used to source
non-production data from a specific source instance. Each PowerExchange for Databases – CDC Option Lab License
can be used for all supported data types. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications.

PowerExchange for Flat File – Batch Option

Packaging PowerExchange for Flat Files –Batch Option enables Customer to source or target variable length or complex flat files
of RDBMS data types. This product is separately licensed and is not included with the base PowerCenter (any edition).
License PowerExchange for Flat File – Batch Option may be licensed in support of and in conjunction with PowerCenter or other
Terms compatible Informatica Software for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for Flat File– Batch
Option is licensed based on the total number of server Instances from which data is sourced. For each Instance of
PowerExchange for Flat File – Batch Option licensed, Customer may install one (1) Instance of the Software on a single
server.

PowerExchange for Flat File –Batch Option Lab License

Packaging The PowerExchange for Flat Files – Batch Option Lab License enables Customer to replicate and match the
corresponding PowerExchange production license for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes in a Non-
production Environment.
License Each PowerExchange for Flat File – Batch Option Lab License is licensed on a per Instance basis. Customer may not
Terms use more than the total number of PowerExchange Lab License Instances purchased. A unique PowerExchange for
Flat File – Batch Option Lab License is required for each Instance from which Non-production data will be extracted. Lab
Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications.

PowerExchange for EAI/Messaging

Packaging PowerExchange for EAI/Messaging enables users to use source and target definitions in a mapping to read/write
messages from/to messaging sources/targets in a PowerCenter workflow.

Note: For all data types, technical requirements include PowerCenter Real-time Package or Real-time Option.

Supported EAI/Messaging applications: WebSphere MQ, TIBCO, WebMethods Broker, and MSMQ.
License PowerExchange for EAI/Messaging may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with PowerCenter or other
Terms compatible Informatica Software for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for EAI/Messaging
is restricted to use within a single Production Environment and is licensed on a per application (e.g., TIBCO) basis.
Customer must purchase one (1) PowerExchange for EAI/Messaging license for each application sourced.

PowerExchange for Cassandra

Packaging A PowerExchange for Cassandra license provides the right to source or target instances of Cassandra.
License PowerExchange for Cassandra may be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter or other compatible Informatica
Terms Software for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for Cassandra is licensed on a per
Production Environment basis. A PowerExchange for Cassandra license is restricted to use within a single Production
Environment. A PowerExchange for Cassandra license is restricted to use within a single Production Environment.
PowerExchange for Cassandra permits Customer to source and target data in batch mode only.

PowerExchange for MongoDB

Packaging A PowerExchange for MongoDB license provides the right to source or target instances of MongoDB.
License PowerExchange for MongoDB may be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter or other compatible Informatica
Terms Software for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for MongoDB is licensed on a per
Production Environment basis. A PowerExchange for MongoDB license is restricted to use within a single Production

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 92
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Environment. A PowerExchange for MongoDB license is restricted to use within a single Production Environment.
PowerExchange for MongoDB permits Customer to source and target data in batch mode only.

PowerExchange for Tableau

Packaging A PowerExchange for Tableau license provides the right to create Tableau Data Exchange (TDE) files.
License PowerExchange for Tableau may be licensed solely in conjunction with compatible Informatica Software for an additional
Terms fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for Tableau is licensed on a per Production Environment basis. A
PowerExchange for Tableau license is restricted to use within a single Production Environment. PowerExchange for
Tableau permits Customer to source and target data in batch mode only.

PowerExchange for Mainframe

Packaging PowerExchange for Mainframe provides native read/write access to bulk or change-only data in batch or CDC modes
for mainframe data. PowerExchange for Mainframe is delivered as a set of visual metadata mapping tools, intelligent
agent-based components and a common SQL interface.

Supported relational and non-relational data platforms: ADABAS, Datacom, IDMS, IMS DB, VSAM (including
Sequential Flat Files in Batch mode only), and DB2 for z/OS. In addition, PowerExchange for Mainframe can be
licensed solely for use in support of DB2 for z/OS.
License Terms PowerExchange for Mainframe may be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter or other compatible Informatica
PowerExchange for Mainframe is offered based on alternative metrics which are determined by Customer at the time
of licensing. The alternative chosen by Customer is referenced in the product SKU description on the applicable Exhibit
A.

Alternative license metrics are:

• MSU: PowerExchange for Mainframe is licensed based on the total number of MSUs allocated to each
mainframe LPAR from which data is sourced. PowerExchange for Mainframe may be licensed in either
batch or CDC mode. Additional sub-capacity licensing or utilization agreements are not permitted. ZAAP
and zIIP processors do not count toward MSU processing capacity. The PowerExchange for Mainframe for
DB2 for z/OS does not support any other data type.
• CPU-cores: PowerExchange for Mainframe shall be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter
Software (all Editions) or other compatible Informatica Software for an additional fee and is not licensed
separately. PowerExchange for Mainframe is licensed based on the total number of PowerCenter (any
Edition) or other compatible Informatica CPU-cores allocated to each mainframe application type from which
data is sourced. PowerExchange for Mainframe licensed on a CPU Core basis allows PowerExchange for
Mainframe to access unlimited MSUs to support a PowerCenter or other compatible Informatica Software
Production Environment and all associated Development Environment(s). PowerExchange for Mainframe
shall be licensed in either batch or CDC mode. Accordingly, the number of CPU-cores licensed for
PowerExchange for Mainframe must be equal to the number of CPU-cores licensed for PowerCenter or
other compatible Informatica Software.

Latency Options (latency is fixed at the time of transaction based on the “batch” or “CDC” reference on the product
SKU description). The alternative chosen by Customer is referenced in the product SKU description on the applicable
Exhibit A.
• Batch Option: The Batch Option provides native access to both relational and non-relational data in bulk
batch mode through a SQL interface regardless of source type or system platform. Applications leverage
this SQL interface to request or receive data as a common point of integration.
• Change Data Capture (CDC) Option: The Change Data Capture (CDC) Option provides native access to
relational and non-relational data stored in databases in CDC mode. CDC provides change only data in
either batch or real-time mode since a previous point in time (e.g., last extract, query, or midnight yesterday).
The changes are captured from source systems in a changes stream and the CDC Option makes them
available through a “change stream.” The change stream allows PowerCenter or other compatible
Informatica Software to retrieve or receive changes in a desired frequency. The PowerExchange for
Mainframe product licensed under the CDC Option also includes ‘Batch’ capabilities.

Note: CDC functionality varies by data type. For all PowerCenter Editions, to use CDC data streams functionality Real
Option or Real Time Package is required.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 93
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
PowerExchange for Mainframe Lab License
Packaging A PowerExchange for mainframe Lab License enables customers to create, in a single Non-production LPAR, a
mirrored Production PowerExchange data extraction capability solely for the purposes of testing or quality assurance
work.
License Terms Each PowerExchange for Mainframe Lab License allows for the installation of the PowerExchange software on a
separate mainframe LPAR allowing Non-production data to be extracted. A unique PowerExchange for mainframe Lab
License is required for each LPAR from which Non-production data will be extracted. Customers may not install
PowerExchange software to more Non-production LPARS than the combined total of PowerExchange for Lab Licenses
purchased. Lab Licenses may not be used to develop OEM applications.

Lab Licensing is not required to set up additional instances to support DB2 Batch for Non-production development and
testing.

PowerExchange for Midrange

Packaging PowerExchange for Mid-range servers provides native read/write access to bulk or change-only data in batch or CDC
modes for data found on i5/OS systems. PowerExchange is delivered as a set of visual metadata mapping tools,
intelligent agent-based components and a common SQL interface.

Supported relational and non-relational data platforms: DB2for i5/OS and flat files.

Note: CDC functionality varies by data type. For all PowerCenter Editions, to use CDC data streams functionality Real
Option or Real Time Package is required.
License Terms PowerExchange for Midrange may be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter or other compatible Informatica
Software. PowerExchange for Midrange is offered based on alternative metrics which are determined by Customer at
the time of licensing. The alternative chosen by Customer is referenced in the product SKU description on the applicable
Exhibit A.

Alternative license metrics are:

• LPAR: PowerExchange for Mid-range is licensed based on the total number of LPARs allocated to the mid-
range application type from which data is sourced or targeted or both. Accordingly, for each mid-range
application type from which data is sourced (e.g., DB2 for i5/OS), Customer must license PowerExchange
for Midrange in an amount equal to the number of LPARs allocated to the mid-range application type. Such
LPAR licenses may not be re-distributed or re-allocated to other mid-range application or data types.
PowerExchange for Midrange may be licensed in either batch or CDC mode.
• CPU-cores: PowerExchange for Midrange shall be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter
Software (all Editions) or other compatible Informatica Software for an additional fee and is not licensed
separately. PowerExchange for Midrange is licensed based on the total number of PowerCenter (any
Edition) or other compatible Informatica Software CPU-cores allocated to each midrange application type
from which data is sourced. PowerExchange for Midrange shall be licensed in either batch or CDC mode.
Accordingly, the number of CPU-cores licensed for PowerExchange for Midrange must be equal to the
number of CPU-cores licensed for PowerCenter or other compatible Informatica Software.

Latency Options (latency is fixed at the time of transaction based on the “batch” or “CDC” reference on the product SKU
description). The alternative chosen by Customer is referenced in the product SKU description on the applicable Exhibit
A.
• Batch Option: The Batch Option provides native access to both relational and non-relational data in bulk
batch mode through a SQL interface regardless of source type or system platform. Applications leverage
this SQL interface to request or receive data as a common point of integration.
• Change Data Capture (CDC) Option: The Change Data Capture (CDC) Option provides native access to
relational and non-relational data stored in databases in CDC mode. CDC provides change only data in
either batch or real-time mode since a previous point in time (e.g., last extract, query, or midnight yesterday).
The changes are captured from source systems in a changes stream and the CDC Option makes them
available through a “change stream.” The change stream allows PowerCenter or other compatible
Informatica Software to retrieve or receive changes in a desired frequency. The PowerExchange for
Midrange product licensed under the CDC Option also includes ‘Batch’ capabilities.

Note: CDC functionality varies by data type.

PowerExchange for Midrange Lab License

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 94
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Packaging A PowerExchange for Midrange Lab License enables Customer to create a corresponding PowerExchange for
Midrange Lab Environment solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes in a Non-production
Environment.
License Terms Each PowerExchange for Midrange Lab License allows for the installation of the Software on a Midrange (i5/OS) Single
Source LPAR to extract non-production data (each Instance being the equivalent of a single installed software listener).
Customer may not use more than the total number of PowerExchange Lab License Instances purchased. Lab Licenses
may not be used to develop OEM applications.

PowerExchange for Social Media

Packaging A PowerExchange for Social Media license provides the right to source instances of a particular social media data type
as specified at the time of licensing. For example, a Twitter data type license provides access to all Twitter instances
in the Environment.

Supported Social Media types: DataSift; Kapow, Twitter, Facebook, and LinkedIn.
License Terms PowerExchange for Social Media may be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter or other compatible
Informatica Software for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for Social Media is licensed
on a per Social Media Data Type and per Production Environment basis. A PowerExchange for Social Media license
is restricted to use within a single Production Environment. With a PowerExchange for Social Media license, Customer
shall source data from instances of the licensed source Social Media Data Type in batch mode only.

Customer’s use of the Informatica product must comply with the terms of use, use guidelines and restrictions, usage
agreements, platform and/developer rules and guidelines, privacy policies and all other access or use related policies
and agreements (as currently applicable and as may be modified from time to time) of all social media service(s) and/or
sites accessed in connection with this Informatica product, including but not limited to those related to data/content
volume, access, access codes, calls, sharing, storage, use or other restrictions or prohibitions and charges related to
any such usage.

PowerExchange for Technology Standards

Packaging PowerExchange for Technology Standards provides functionality that allows technology standards access to process
data in a PowerCenter mapping, which can be accomplished as source objects, target objects and also in-stream
Transformation Processes.

Note: Functionality varies by technology standard.

Supported technology standards: Web Services, LDAP, OData, and Email Servers.
License Terms PowerExchange for Technology Standards may be licensed and deployed solely in support of and in conjunction with
PowerCenter or other Informatica Software and options supported as per the published Product Availability Matrix for
an additional fee and is not licensed separately. PowerExchange for Technology Standards is licensed on per
technology standard (a separate license is required for each of Web Services, LDAP, OData and Email Servers) and
per Production CPU-core basis. The number of Production CPU-cores licensed must be equal to the number of CPU-
cores in the Production Environment. Power Exchange for Technology Standards can be deployed in a single
(PowerCenter or other Informatica Software and options supported as per the published Product Availability Matrix)
Environment whether or not it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

PowerChannel
Packaging The PowerChannel License provides for a PowerChannel installation on a single, remote server, and a license key to
enable sourcing from one specified option (flat file, relational or ODBC) on that server. The Base License also includes
software to be installed on the server where PowerCenter resides. The PowerChannel license is based on the sourcing
options (flat file, relational, or ODBC) and the number of servers required for each source to be installed. (The remote
server is the system on which the source files or databases reside.)

Flat Files Option includes functionality that enables unlimited flat file exchange from the server where it is installed.

Relational Option for Oracle, SQL Server, and IBM UDB includes support for native sourcing and targeting from IBM
UDB, Oracle and SQL Server relational databases.

Note: Linux not available unless specifically stated.

License Terms PowerChannel Software may be licensed solely in conjunction with PowerCenter for an additional fee and is not
licensed separately. For each Instance of PowerChannel Software licensed, Customer may install one (1) Instance of
the Software restricted to a single server. The PowerChannel License permits Customer to install PowerChannel on
a single, remote server and to source from one (1) specified database type or format type (flat file, relational or ODBC)
from that server. If Customer wishes to source from other specified database types or format types, Customer must

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 95
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
license such specified database types and format types separately. The foregoing restrictions do not apply to
PowerChannel for Oracle, MS SQL Server, IBM UDB and ODBC. There are no restrictions on the database type or
number of database instances extracted from such database types, as long as the databases reside on the same
server on which PowerChannel is installed.

MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT - MULTIDOMAIN

Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle

Packaging Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle consists of a hub solution package to support configured and
Consolidated Records (Consolidated Records licensed separately).

Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle includes:

• Ten (10) Informatica MDM Admin Named Users

• Informatica Data Quality Software Adapter
• One (1) Identity Resolution Country Population (selected at time of transaction)*
• Data Quality Web Services Option
• Connectivity to one (1) source relational database Instance: (Oracle, IBM DB2, MS SQL Server )**
• ActiveVos Engine (Restricted Use)

Note: MDM Consolidated Records must be purchased separately by Customer.

*Additional Identity Resolution Populations are subject to additional license fees.
**Oracle is licensed based on the Oracle database System IDs (“SID”).
License Terms An Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle license entitles Customer to install a single Instance of Informatica
MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle to support the configured Data Domain(s). Each Data Domain configured must
include licensed Consolidated Records associated with that specific Data Domain. For each Instance of Informatica
MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle licensed Customer may run one (1) Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain
Foundation Bundle. Additional production installations require additional licenses. ActiveVos Engine license excludes
ActiveVos Designer and is restricted to use with the MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle license to support predefined
workflows and may not be used on a stand-alone basis. For each production Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain
Foundation Bundle licensed, a reasonable number of additional copies of Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation
Bundle may be installed to support such production Instance solely for development, testing, quality assurance and/or
recovery purposes. Any copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a production mode.
Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle includes yFiles FLEX software from yWorks GmbH and Customer
shall not use the yFiles public API’s included in such Software.

MDM Records
Packaging MDM Records are licensed for each specific configured Records and are priced according to the classification of the
Data Domain:

• Examples of Data Domain types include:

o “Reference Data/Chart of Accounts Consolidated Record”, also referred to as look-up data, or look-up
codes, means a Data Domain consisting of any type of data that is used solely to categorize other
data found in a database, or solely for relating data in a database to information beyond the
boundaries of the enterprise. As a category, reference data is similar to, though distinct from, master
data, and would include pieces of information such as, without limitation, Geography,
Legal/Regulatory, Observation, genetic expression, Taxonomy, Experiment, Chemistry, Storage,
Material exchange, Sequences, Chemical, Genetic entity, Maturity, Vocabulary, General Ledger
accounts and associated hierarchies used for recording and reporting accounting information. and
geospatial data. For purposes of clarification, this does not include the use of master data in
Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle such as customer data or product data in order to
gain a single view of such master data.
o “Supplier/Vendor Consolidated Record” means is a Data Domain consisting of anyone who provides
goods or services to a company. A supplier might be an individual or an organization. Example:
supplier, vendor, distributor, or external alliance partner, which can be a commercial entity or an
individual.
o “Location Consolidated Record” means a Data Domain consisting of a position designated using an
Address, a specific pairing of latitude and longitude or is a place or area in relation to another site
(e.g. “3 miles northwest of Chicago”, “near an airport”,). It may contain additional details such as type
of building (e.g. headquarters, warehouse,), area of the building, and what else the location contains
(e.g. parking spaces).
INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 96
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
o “Employee Consolidated Record” means a Data Domain consisting solely of Consolidated Records
pertaining to any person hired by an employer to do a specific job.
o “Product Consolidated Record” means a Data Domain consisting solely of Consolidated Records
pertaining to finished products, parts, product structures, product types, product hierarchies and
associated attributes
o “Customer (B2B) Consolidated Record” means a Data Domain consisting solely of Consolidated
Records pertaining to any commercial or governmental entity which purchases Customer’s products.
o “Customer (B2C) Consolidated Record” means a Data Domain consisting solely of Consolidated
Records pertaining to any consumer entity which purchases Customer’s products.
o “Asset Consolidated Record” means a Data Domain consisting solely of Consolidated Records
pertaining to assets that an entity owns, benefits from, or has use of, in generating income. An asset
can be something physical, such as machinery.
o “Patient” means a Data Domain consisting solely of Consolidated Records pertaining to a person
receiving or registered to receive health care services.
o “Healthcare Professional Consolidated Record” means a Data Domain consisting solely of
Consolidated Records pertaining to any individual employed by, affiliated with, or otherwise
associated with a healthcare organization. Example: physicians, non-clinicians, researchers,
students, staff, volunteers, contractors, etc. It does not include Patients or any customers of the
institution.
o “Product Catalog” means a Data Domain consisting solely of Records pertaining to product data
which may consists of SKUs, UPCs, finished goods, items, services, etc. that can be managed
individually or as a grouping in a product information management catalog. A Product Catalog record
type contains all the information need to identify and manage product information including images,
marketing attributes, etc. in order to produce and/or sell it. For the purposes of deployment with
Product 360 Solutions, product data records across all catalogs including supplier and master
catalogs must be licensed. For the avoidance of doubt, the total number of all Item Records with a
unique key identifier in the ‘Master Catalog and Supplier Catalogs’ within the Product 360 Solutions
equals the total number of Product Catalog Records to be licensed.
License Terms MDM Records are licensed in support of Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle and other compatible MDM
products. Records are licensed to a particular Data Domain and they are priced by the domain type. *

*Data Domain definitions not listed are subject to Informatica review and offered at Informatica’s sole discretion.

Note: For each Production Instance of MDM Records licensed, a reasonable number of additional copies of MDM
Records may be installed to support such Production Instance solely for development, testing, quality assurance
and/or recovery purposes. Any Instance installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a Production
mode.

MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – MULTIDOMAIN OPTIONS

Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM - Product 360

Packaging Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM – Product 360 enables organizations to create, model and execute
workflows and business processes which enable collaboration of users around master data

Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM - Product 360 includes:

• ActiveVOS Designer includes:

o BPMN 2.0 / WS-BPEL 2.0 / WS-Human Task Process Designer
o Eclipse-based
o Report Designer
o Service-Enabled Forms Designer
o Service-based Integration
o Integrated Data Driven Testing, Debugging and Simulation
o Wizard-based Packaging and Deployment
o Automated Documentation Generation
o Embedded ActiveVOS Server for development
• ActiveVOS Server includes:
o High Performance Process Engine supported on the following runtime environments: Oracle
WebLogic Server, IBM WebSphere Application Server, Red Hat JBoss Application Server and
Apache Tomcat.
o Clustering
o Business Event Processing

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 97
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
o Protocols: SOAP, REST, JSON, JMS, POJO
• ActiveVOS Central is a browser-based application where end-users can manage tasks, requests, and
reports. The tasks are part of a running business process that requires human interaction. Requests are
forms that can be submitted to the server to start a new instance of a deployed business process. ActiveVOS
Central is deployed and runs on an ActiveVOS Server (single node or clustered installation).
• ActiveVOS Console allows customers to manage and configure the ActiveVOS process engine and all of
the resources that are deployed into it. Its web-based console provides a convenient and secure way to
deploy, select, inspect and correct processes, servers, services and tasks. ActiveVOS Central is deployed
and runs on an ActiveVOS Server (single node or clustered installation).

Note: Informatica MDM BPM Option is supported on a limited number and kind of platforms and Operating Systems.
Customers must contact Informatica to obtain compatibility and operability details.
License Terms An Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM - Product 360 supports a single Instance of MDM Multidomain
Foundation Bundle, Informatica MDM – Supplier 360, or Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) for an additional fee.
An Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM – Product 360 license entitles a Customer to use an unlimited number
of Instances of the ActiveVOS Designer Software solely in conjunction with the authorized use of the BPM server
Software. For each production Instance of Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM - Product 360 licensed a
reasonable number of additional copies of Informatica BPM Option for MDM and MDM - Product 360 may be installed
to support such production Instance solely for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes. Any
copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a production mode. An Informatica BPM Option for
MDM and MDM - Product 360 license shall be used solely in support of and in conjunction with an Informatica MDM
Multidomain Foundation Bundle, or Informatica MDM - Product 360 (any Edition), Informatica MDM – Supplier 360, and
Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) product in each licensed Production and associated Non-production
deployments.

MDM Cleanse Adapters

Packaging MDM Cleanse Adapters enable MDM Business Named Users to interface certain data types using Informatica MDM
Multidomain Foundation Bundle.

Supported MDM Cleanse Adapters include: AddressDoctor (including AddressDoctor Cleanse Engine software)
and Trillium Director.
License Terms MDM Cleanse Adapter may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with an MDM Multidomain Foundation
Bundle for an additional fee and are not licensed separately. Each MDM Cleanse Adapter is restricted to use within a
single production Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle. MDM Cleanse Adapter for
AddressDoctor includes a restricted use AddressDoctor Cleanse Engine that may be used solely in conjunction with
and in support of the single production Instance of MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle.

Informatica MDM High Availability Option

Packaging Informatica MDM High Availability Option enables companies to operate their Informatica MDM environments with
minimal interruptions during Informatica MDM upgrades.
License Terms Informatica MDM High Availability Option may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with Informatica MDM
Multidomain Foundation Bundle Software for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. Informatica MDM High
Availability is restricted to use within a single production Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle.

Note: The Informatica MDM High Availability Option requires a license for the third-party Oracle Goldengate software
product in order to function. Oracle Goldengate software products must be licensed separately from Oracle and are
subject to separate license and support services fees as specified by Oracle.

Informatica MDM Data Control Base

Packaging Informatica MDM Data Controls enable Customer to embed controls within their enterprise application.

Informatica MDM Data Controls includes:

• One Informatica MDM Data Control Option
• Ten (10) Informatica MDM - Limited Named Access Users
License Terms Informatica MDM Data Controls may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with an Informatica MDM
Multidomain Foundation Bundle for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. Informatica MDM Data Controls
is restricted to use within a single production Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle.

Hierarchy Management Data Control

Packaging Hierarchy Management Control enables users to view and manage hierarchies and relationships, maintained within
Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle, within the context of their enterprise application.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 98
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
License Terms Hierarchy Management Control may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with an Informatica MDM Data
Controls for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. Hierarchy Management Control is restricted to use within
a single production Instance of Informatica MDM Data Controls.

History View Data Control

Packaging History View Control enables users to view the history and lineage data maintained within Informatica MDM Multidomain
Foundation Bundle, showing point changes as well as view a specific master data record at any point in time, within the
context of their enterprise application.
License Terms History View Control may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with an Informatica MDM Data Controls
for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. History View Control is restricted to use within a single production
Instance of Informatica MDM Data Controls.

Duplicate Prevention Data Control

Packaging Duplicate Prevention Control automatically prevents users from creating a duplicate record within an application that is
integrated into Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle.
License Terms Duplicate Prevention Control may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with an Informatica MDM Data
Controls for an additional fee and is not licensed separately. Duplicate Prevention Control is restricted to use within a
single production Instance of Informatica MDM Data Controls.

Informatica MDM - Admin Named User

Packaging Informatica MDM - Admin Named User permits full functionality of all compatible licensed MDM solutions including the
rights of Business Named User, Limited Access Named User, administration rights.

Informatica MDM - Admin Named User includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM – Admin Named User license

License Terms Each Additional Informatica MDM - Admin Named User license allows one (1) additional unique Admin Named User to
access the compatible Informatica MDM Software. Admin Named User license must be acquired to support each
product individually regardless if multiple licenses are associated to the same Admin Named User.

Informatica MDM - Business Named User

Packaging Informatica MDM -Business Named User permits web interface of all licensed Informatica MDM – 360 applications
following predefined processes, like edit, share, approve, but no administration.

Informatica MDM -Business Named User includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM - Business Named User license

License Terms Each Additional Informatica MDM - Named Business User license allows one (1) additional unique Business Named
User to access the compatible Informatica MDM - 360 Software.

A Business Named User license must be acquired to support each product individually regardless if multiple licenses
are associated to the same Business Named User.

Informatica MDM - Limited Named User

Packaging Informatica MDM - Limited Named User permits web interface of all licensed Informatica MDM – 360 applications
following a limited process or limited access rights, set by the Admin Named User or Business Named User. This can
be read only or similar for internal or 3rd parties.

Informatica MDM - Limited Named User includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM - Limited Named User license

License Terms Each Additional Informatica MDM - Limited Named User license allows one (1) additional unique Limited Named Access
User to access the compatible Informatica MDM - 360 Software.

A Limited Named User license must be acquired to support each product individually regardless if multiple licenses are
associated to the same Limited Named User.

MDM - Relate 360

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 99
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Packaging MDM - Relate 360 consists of a solution package to support Party Domains and Party Records with capabilities to
search, match, screen, and provide duplicate discovery of identity data.

MDM - Relate 360 includes:

• MDM - Relate 360 Engine

• Graph based relationship navigation
• One (1) Party Domain allowed for consolidation
• Unlimited Domains for relationship linking only
• Unlimited Consolidated Party Records
• One (1) Identity Resolution Country Population (selected at time of transaction)

Note: Unlimited Consolidated Party Records can only be used with MDM - Relate 360.
License Terms MDM – Relate 360 may be licensed on a per Instance basis. Individual components of the MDM - Relate 360 license
shall not be deployed independently in different locations in support of separate base installations.

For deployments within a Hadoop Cluster the MDM – Relate 360 Instance equals ten (10) Nodes of capacity. Additional
Nodes can be licensed separately.

“Party Data” may include a variety of specific information including, for example, names, Addresses, email addresses,
phone and Social Security numbers and specifically excludes product data.

A Consolidated “Party Record” is any record that consists of or includes Party Data that identifies a person, entity,
organization or company and specifically excludes product data.

MDM - Relate 360 Additional Nodes

Packaging MDM - Relate 360 Additional Nodes provides additional node capacity within a Hadoop Cluster.
License Terms A MDM - Relate 360 Additional Nodes license permits Customer to deploy and operate the Software on a Hadoop
Cluster (s) with up to the number of Nodes licensed in support of MDM – Relate 360 base Instance license. All Nodes
configured within the Hadoop Cluster must be licensed (production or non-production).

MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – MDM - PRODUCT 360

Informatica MDM – Product 360

Packaging Informatica MDM - Product 360 enables customers to streamline the product creation, enrichment, introduction and
collaboration process of acquired or produced products and services. The application provides a rich and web client
interface.

Informatica MDM – Product 360 includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM – Product 360 Application

• Ten (10) Informatica MDM – Admin Named Users
• Two (2) Informatica MDM – Product 360 Country pack, English as default and one additional selected at
time of transaction
• Unlimited Background Service Named Users
o A Background Service Named User is defined as a user that manages only the background
service settings that are used for module-to-module communication.

Note: Consolidated MDM Product Records are licensed separately. Additional Informatica MDM – Admin Named
Users are licensed separately. Additional country packs providing the user interface in other languages, are licensed
separately.
License Terms Informatica MDM - Product 360 is limited to a single Instance and shall be used solely in combination with and to
support the software components listed above. Consolidated MDM Product Records are licensed separately and all
records as which are sourced from pre-existing databases or are organically created in the Informatica MDM - Product
360 master catalog. A single Instance of the Informatica MDM - Product 360 may consist of more than one server
instances based on the chosen system architecture. It is defined by a MDM - Product 360 system unit having exactly
one (1) Master Catalog for the centralized persistence and maintenance of product information content.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 100
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Additional production Instances of the MDM - Product 360 software require additional licensing. The ten (10)
Informatica MDM - Admin Named Users are licensed on a per Named User basis. Additional Informatica MDM - Admin
Named Users requires additional licensing.

For each Production Instance of Informatica MDM - Product 360 licensed a reasonable number of additional copies of
Informatica MDM - Product 360 may be installed to support such production Instance solely for development, testing,
quality assurance and/or recovery purposes. Typically, one (1) test instance plus one (1) development Instance are
used. Any copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a production mode. No additional Named
Users are required to be licensed to run these Non-production Instances accompanying a Production license for testing
and development purposes.

Informatica MDM – Product 360 includes license to use yFiles FLEX software from yWorks GmbH, Customer shall not
use the yFiles public API’s included in such Software. All other license terms and conditions associated with each
individual product as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply.

MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – PRODUCT 360 OPTIONS

Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ

Packaging Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ allows the validation and cleansing of product information stored within
Informatica MDM - Product 360.

Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ includes:

• Access to the Integrated IDQ Standard Edition runtime engine within Informatica MDM - Product 360
• One (1) development (Non-production) license of Informatica Data Quality (IDQ) Standard Edition
• Batch connectivity to MS SQL and Oracle database types
License Terms Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ is licensed per MDM - Product 360 production server deployed with
Informatica MDM - Product 360 Standard, Corporate, or Enterprise Edition. For each MDM - Product 360 production
server deployed, Customer must license one (1) Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ license. IDQ rules
developed in support of Informatica MDM - Product 360 must be run within the Informatica MDM - Product 360
software, whether or not it is feasible to run elsewhere.

The Informatica IDQ development license, allows a single Non-production Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition
Instance to be used in support of the Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ software for creating, editing, or
customizing IDQ rules. Any Informatica Data Quality rules created, modified, or customized within the Informatica
Data Quality development software may be used solely within the MDM - Product 360 software.

Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime

Packaging Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime allows the validation and cleansing of product information stored inside
Informatica MDM - Product 360. In addition, external data (data outside the Informatica MDM - Product 360 production
server installation) can be validated directly before import into the Informatica MDM - Product 360 software and after
export from Informatica MDM - Product 360 Software.

Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime includes:

• Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ

• Informatica Data Quality (IDQ) Server
• One (1) development (Non-Production) license of Informatica Data Quality (IDQ) Standard Edition
• Batch connectivity to MS SQL and Oracle database types
License Terms Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime is licensed per MDM - Product 360 production server deployed with
Informatica MDM - Product 360 Standard, Corporate, or Enterprise Edition. For each MDM - Product 360 production
server deployed, Customer must license one (1) Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime license. The Data
Quality component must be run solely in support of Informatica MDM - Product 360 software, either within the MDM -
Product 360 Software, or as a cleansing and validation process for data imported into the MDM - Product 360 software,
or exported out of the MDM - Product 360 software.

The Informatica IDQ development license, allows a Non-production IDQ Standard Edition installation to be used in
support of the Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime software for creating, editing, or customizing IDQ rules.

Informatica MDM - Product 360 Adapter for Existing IDQ

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 101
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Packaging Informatica MDM - Product 360 Adapter for Existing IDQ enables customers with existing Informatica Data Quality
(IDQ) Standard Edition production licenses to leverage Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ technology to
validate and cleanse product information inside of Informatica MDM - Product 360.

Informatica MDM - Product 360 Adapter for Existing IDQ includes:

• Connectivity between Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition and Informatica MDM - Product 360 (all
editions)
• Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ
License Terms Informatica MDM - Product 360 Adapter for Existing IDQ is licensed per MDM - Product 360 production server
deployed with Informatica MDM - Product 360 Standard, Corporate, or Enterprise Edition.

For each MDM - Product 360 production server deployed, Customer must license one (1) Informatica MDM - Product
360 Adapter for Existing IDQ. Informatica MDM - Product 360 Adapter for Existing IDQ is licensed to support one or
more Informatica Data Quality license(s).

The Informatica MDM - Product 360 Integrated IDQ software includes one (1) Informatica Data Quality Standard
Edition development (Non-production) license.

The Informatica IDQ development license allows a Non-production IDQ installation to be used in support of the
Informatica MDM - Product 360 IDQ Runtime software for creating, editing, or customizing IDQ rules.

Informatica MDM - Product 360 Country Packs

Packaging Informatica MDM - Product 360 Country Packs are licensed individually by specific language. Informatica MDM -
Product 360 Country Packs are divided into two groups:

Country Packs are available in the following languages (Including UI and localized online help):
English and German

Country Packs are available in the following languages (Including UI and English online help only): Simplified
Chinese, French, Japanese, Spanish, Portuguese BR, Dutch, Russian, Finnish, Norwegian, Swedish, Italian and
Korean.

Note: The availability of the Country Packs is subject to change without notice. Additional Country Packs come with
English-language online help only.
License Terms Informatica MDM - Product 360 Country Packs are licensed on a per Country pack per Instance basis and such license
can be purchased only in support of the base MDM - Product 360 product license (any Edition).

MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – INFORMATICA MDM – CUSTOMER 360

Informatica MDM – Customer 360

Packaging Informatica MDM - Customer 360 supports workflows that enable companies to onboard customers, manage customer
data on an ongoing basis, and expose data to business users for customer engagement.

Informatica MDM - Customer 360 includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation

• One (1) MDM-Customer 360 Application
• Ten (10) Informatica MDM - Admin Named User

Note: Consolidated Customer Records (B2B or B2C) are licensed separately.

License Terms Informatica MDM – Customer 360 entitles Customer to install a single instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain
Foundation (full use as described in this Product Description Schedule and the MDM-Customer 360 Application.
Included is one domain as part of the Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation and that domain must be the Customer
domain. Additional domains must be licensed separately.

A reasonable number of additional copies of Informatica MDM – Customer 360 may be installed to support the
corresponding production Instance of Informatica MDM – Customer 360 solely for development, testing, quality
assurance and/or recovery purposes. Any copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a
production mode.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 102
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Informatica MDM – Customer 360 includes license to use yFiles FLEX software from yWorks GmbH, Customer shall
not use the yFiles public API’s included in such Software. All other license terms and conditions associated with each
individual product as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply.

Informatica MDM – Customer 360 (Light)

Packaging Informatica MDM – Customer 360 (Light) supports workflows that enable companies to onboard customers. This
bundle does not include or provide any mastering and data stewardship capabilities like match, merge, and
consolidation.

Informatica MDM Customer - 360 includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use)

• One (1) MDM – Customer 360 Management Application
• Ten (10) MDM - Admin Named Users

Note: Consolidated Customer Records (B2B or B2C) are licensed separately.

License Terms Informatica MDM – Customer 360 (Light) entitles Customer to install a single Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain
Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use) and the MDM – Customer 360 Management Application. The one domain
provided as part of the Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use) is to be used to support the
Customer domain. Domains are limited to Customer (B2B or B2C).

For additional configured domains, Customer must license full use MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle.
The Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use) prohibits Customer use of the following
components:

• Identity Resolution Engine

• One (1) Identity Resolution Country Population
• Duplicate Identification
• Creation of single version of truth by consolidation of customer/party using Manual or Auto-Merge, and/or
Survivorship rules
• Unmerge Customer/Party

A reasonable number of additional copies of Informatica MDM – Customer 360 (Light) may be installed to support the
corresponding production Instance of Informatica MDM – Customer 360 (Light) solely for development, testing, quality
assurance and/or recovery purposes. Any copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a
production mode.

Informatica MDM – Customer 360 (Light) yFiles FLEX software from yWorks GmbH, Customer shall not use the yFiles
public API’s included in such Software. All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product
as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply.

Informatica MDM – Customer 360 Add-on

Packaging Informatica MDM – Customer 360 Add-on supports workflows that enable companies to onboard customers, manage
customer data on an ongoing basis, and expose data to business users for customer engagement.

Informatica MDM - Customer 360 includes:

• One (1) MDM - Customer 360 Add-on Management Application

• Ten (10) MDM - Business Named Users

Note: Consolidated MDM Customer Records are licensed separately. If the Customer has existing licensed Supplier
Customer Records those are supported by MDM Customer 360 Add-on.
License Terms Informatica MDM – Customer 360 Add-on may be licensed in support of the Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation
Bundle. Customer is entitled to install a single instance of the MDM – Customer 360 Management Application. The
one domain supported as part of the Customer 360 Add-on is the Customer Domain. Additional domains must be
licensed separately.

MASTER DATA MANAGEMENT – INFORMATICA MDM – SUPPLIER 360 MDM

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 103
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Informatica MDM – Supplier 360
Packaging Informatica MDM Supplier- 360 enables Customers to centralize the end to end process of managing supplier
relationships and raw materials or products that are procured.

Informatica MDM Supplier - 360 includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle One (1) MDM Supplier 360 Management
Application
• Ten (10) MDM Admin Named Users

Note: Consolidated MDM Supplier/Vendor Records are licensed separately

License Terms Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 entitles Customer to install a single Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain
Foundation Bundle (full use) and the MDM Supplier 360 Application. The one domain provided as part of the
Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle is to be used to support the Supplier domain. Additional domains
must be licensed separately.

A reasonable number of additional copies of Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 may be installed to support the
corresponding production Instance of Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 solely for development, testing, quality
assurance and/or recovery purposes. Any copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a
production mode.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 includes yFiles FLEX software from yWorks GmbH, Customer shall not use the yFiles
public API’s included in such Software. All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product
as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light)

Packaging Informatica MDM –Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) supports workflows that enable companies to onboard
suppliers. This bundle will not include or provide any mastering and data stewardship capabilities like match, merge,
and consolidation.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Light includes:

• One (1) Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use)

• One (1) MDM - Supplier 360 Management Application
• Ten (10) Informatica MDM - Admin Named User

Note: Consolidated Supplier/Vendor Records are licensed separately.

License Terms Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) entitles Customer to install a single Instance of Informatica MDM Multidomain
Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use) and the MDM – Supplier 360 Management Application. The one domain provided
as part of the Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use) is to be used to support the Supplier
domain. Additional domains must be licensed separately.

The Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation Bundle (Restricted Use) prohibits Customer use of the following
components:

• Identity Resolution Engine,

• One (1) Identity Resolution Country Population
• Duplicate Identification
• Creation of single version of truth consolidation of customer/party using Manual or Auto-Merge, and/or
Survivorship rules
• Unmerge Customer/Party

A reasonable number of additional copies of Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) may be installed to support the
corresponding production Instance of Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) solely for development, testing, quality
assurance and/or recovery purposes. Any copy installed for such purposes shall not be used at any time in a production
mode.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) includes yFiles FLEX software from yWorks GmbH, Customer shall not use the
yFiles public API’s included in such Software. All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual
product as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 104
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Add-on
Packaging Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Add-on enables Customers to centralize the end to end process of managing supplier
relationships and raw materials or products that are procured.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Add-on includes:

• One (1) MDM - Supplier 360 Management Application

• Ten (10) MDM – Informatica MDM - Business Named Users

Note: Consolidated MDM Supplier Records are licensed separately. If the Customer has existing licensed Supplier
Records those are supported by MDM Supplier 360 Add-on.
License Terms Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Add-on may be licensed in support of the Informatica MDM Multidomain Foundation
Bundle. Customer is entitled to install a single instance of the MDM - Supplier 360 Management Application. The one
domain supported as part of the MDM - Supplier 360 add-on is the Supplier Domain. Additional domains must be
licensed separately.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Portal

Packaging Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Portal is a self-service portal for the Customer’s Suppliers to help manage and upload
data in support of the Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 application.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Portal includes:

• Supplier Portal application and interface

• Unlimited Customer Supplier Named Users
License Terms Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Portal may be licensed solely in support of and in conjunction with an Informatica
MDM – Supplier 360 or Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) base application for an additional fee and is not licensed
separately.

Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Portal is restricted to use within a single production Instance of Informatica MDM –
Supplier 360 or Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 (Light) or Informatica MDM – Supplier 360 Add-On.

INFORMATICA MDM - Product 360 THIRD-PARTY PRODUCTS

Publishing Server Enterprise

Packaging Publishing Server Enterprise includes:

• The Publishing Server: a modular, scalable and extensible publishing platform.

The publishing management planner: a web application for creating and managing print publications that supports
the entire creation and proofing process.

The Priint comet whiteboard: an integrated web-based ability to work over the full life cycle of a document – from
graphical content compilation, via the automatic creation of InDesign documents and the correction process, to
individualization and printing data preparation.

• Hub Entity Manager Enterprise

• Hub REST Connector
• Hub DB Connector
• Management Whiteboard
• Eclipse Plugin
• Comet 4 Repository
License Terms Publishing Server Enterprise and all associated components is licensed on a per MDM - Product 360 Server basis.
For each Instance of Publishing Server Enterprise Software licensed, Customer may install the Software restricted to
supporting a single MDM - Product 360 Server and a reasonable number of test instances.

Publishing Hub Informatica MDM - Product 360 Connector

Packaging The Publishing Hub Informatica MDM - Product 360 connector includes the following components:

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 105
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
The Publishing Hub: Software that communicates directly via connectors with content systems and facilitates the
central modelling relevant for publishing data. Functionality includes facilitating connections between the publishing
hub and Informatica MDM - Product 360.
License Terms The Publishing Hub Informatica MDM - Product 360 Connector and all associated components is licensed on a per
MDM - Product 360 Server basis. For each Instance of Priint: Server Enterprise Software licensed, Customer may
install the Software restricted to supporting a single MDM - Product 360 Server and a reasonable number of test
instances.

Note: Priint Server Enterprise is required to be licensed installed to support this product.

Priint Comet Preview Rendering Server Enterprise

Packaging The Priint Comet Preview Rendering Server Enterprise includes the following components to generate a rendered
view close to the final print output:

• Comet pdf renderer preview

• Comet rendering server basic
• Comet ID desktop plugin pro
License Terms Priint Comet Preview Rendering Server Enterprise and all associated components is licensed on a per MDM - Product
360 Server basis. For each Instance of Priint Server Enterprise Software licensed, Customer may install the Software
restricted to supporting a single MDM - Product 360 Server and a reasonable number of test Instances.

Note: Priint Comet ID Desktop Plugin Enterprise is required to be licensed installed to support this product.

Priint Comet Rendering Server Enterprise

Packaging The Priint Comet Rendering Server Enterprise includes the following components to render PDF documents without
the Priint InDesign Server:

• Priint Comet PDF renderer multi-instance

• Priint Comet ID server plugin multi-instance
• Priint Comet ID desktop plugin pro
• Priint Adjust ID desktop plugin pro
• Priint Adjust ID server plugin multi-instance
• Priint Comet rendering server basic
License Terms Priint Comet Rendering Server Enterprise and all associated components is licensed on a per MDM - Product 360
Server basis. For each Instance of Priint: Server Enterprise Software licensed, Customer may install the Software
restricted to supporting a single MDM - Product 360 Server and a reasonable number of test Instances.

Publishing Application Enterprise Concurrent User

Packaging The Publishing: Application Enterprise Concurrent User includes the following components to user access to
publishing:

• Management Planner Concurrent User

• Publishing Management Whiteboard Concurrent User
License Terms Publishing Application Enterprise Concurrent User is licensed on a Concurrent User basis. For each Current User,
customer must have the associated license on file.

Priint Comet ID Desktop Plugin Enterprise

Packaging The Priint Comet ID Desktop Plugin Enterprise provides a User to access Priint Comet preview rendering server
enterprise and Priint Comet rendering server Enterprise.
License Terms Priint Comet ID Desktop Plugin Enterprise is licensed on a Concurrent User basis. For each Current User, customer
must have the associated license on file.

SECURE ARCHIVING

Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition

Packaging Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition enables the Customer to archive data in specified Licensed Applications and
databases.

An Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition Base License includes one (1) Instance of the following components:

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 106
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• Data Archive Engine
• Data Growth Analyzer
• Enterprise Data Manager
• Archive to Database
• Archive to Data Vault
• Access for supported Licensed Applications
• Search Portal
• Informatica Data Archive Visualization Option
• One (1) Informatica Data Vault including, JDBC/ODBC Access to File Archive Data.
• Production Database Size (2TB)
• Two (2) DSG Relational Adapters
• Key-word search
• Dynamic Data Masking for Informatica Data Archive
License Terms An Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition Base License allows Customer to install one (1) production Instance of
the Software to target and process data in the applicable Licensed Applications and databases. In addition to the
Base License, Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition is licensed by the volume of source data (per Terabyte (TB))
being managed. The volume of source data being managed is defined as data that is partitioned, archived to database,
archived to file, moved, or purged by Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition. The management of any volume of
source data in excess of the number of TBs licensed obligates Customer to purchase additional managed data volume.

At the time of initial license purchase, a minimum of the total production source data size needs to be purchased as
the starting Production Database Size. If Customer ceases archiving the original applicable Licensed Applications
and databases, customer may re-use the Software to archive new Licensed Applications and databases, but the
Managed Database Size consumed by previously archived continues to count toward the total data volume. Additional
Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition licenses can be purchased at the specified volume ranges. Additional copies
of the Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition Base License may be installed to support the corresponding production
Instance of Informatica Data Archive Secure Edition solely for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery
purposes.

SECURE ARCHIVING OPTIONS

Archive Bridge
Packaging An Archive Bridge Base License provides connectivity to store archived data to a specific instance of storage or
repository of a named Archival Store Type for use with one (1) of the supported Archival Store.

Supported Archival Store Types: EMC Atmos, EMC Centera, EMC Elastic Cloud Store (ECS), Hitachi HCP,
Amazon S3 and Hadoop File System.
License Terms An Archive Bridge license allows Customer to install the Software to support one (1) Informatica Data Archive Base
License (any edition) for use with one (1) specified Archival Store Type. Each licensed Archival Store Type requires
a separate license. Additional copies may be installed to support the corresponding production Instance of the Archive
Bridge solely for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes. Each Archive Bridge installation
must be licensed separately.

Data Archive Validation Bundle

Packaging Data Archive Validation Bundle includes the following product:

• Data Archive Integrated Validation

• DSG Data Validation Option
License Terms Data Archive Validation Bundle may be licensed in support of the Informatica Data Archive for an additional fee. Data
Archive Validation Bundle is licensed on a per Instance basis. A license Instance can concurrently support one (1)
copy of Informatica Data Archive (Advanced or Secure Editions). This license includes the Data Archive Integrated
Validation and the DSG Data Validation Option. This license also includes a restricted PowerCenter Standard Edition
installation which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated DSG Data Validation Option
processes and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose. Only data processed with Informatica Data
Archive shall be processed with DSG Data Validation Option, whether or not it is feasible to process other data with
such Software. The DSG for Relational Adapter licenses included with DSG Data Validation Option shall be restricted
to the single instance and cannot be transferred to or used with other Informatica Software (including, without
limitation, additional installations of Informatica Data Archive, and Informatica Persistent Data Masking). For
avoidance of doubt, any connectivity licensed in support of the applicable DSG Production Environment may be
leveraged for use in conjunction with and in support of Data Archive Validation Bundle. In addition, this Bundle can
only be used in support of and in conjunction with the associated Informatica Data Archive license whether or not it

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 107
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately. Additional copies of the Data Archive Validation Bundle may be
installed to support the corresponding Production Environment for development, testing, quality assurance and/or
recovery purposes.

All other license terms and conditions associated with each individual product license as described in this Product
Description Schedule shall continue to apply.

Production Database Size

Packaging Additional data volume available for processing in Data Archive products.
License Terms The Production Database Size is a scaling factor used to determine the licensing cost for Informatica Data Archive
(any edition) product. Managed data volume includes the total original data size managed by Data Archive
(partitioned, archived to database, archived to file, purged) prior to the compression achieved by the Informatica Data
Archive product. The initial purchase of Informatica Data Archive requires a minimum licensed volume equal to the
total production database size for each Licensed Application and database being managed by Informatica Data
Archive. Subsequent managed data volume licenses purchased will be measured based on the total data volume
managed by Informatica Data Archive for each Licensed Application and database being managed by Informatica
Data Archive. When multiple Instances (Base Licenses) of Informatica Data Archive products are included on the
same transaction, the cumulative Production Database Size is calculated one (1) time based on the sum of the
individual production database sizes for each of the Licensed Applications and all Informatica Data Archive licensed
Instances (Base Licenses) included in the order.

SECURE TESTING

Test Data Generator

Packaging Test Data Generator enables the Customer to synthetically create test data sets for projects and teams.

A Test Data Generator License includes:

• Test Data Generator Engine (includes applicable interfaces)

• One (1) PowerCenter Standard Edition (restricted use)
• One (1) Scaling Option (restricted use)
• PowerExchange for Data Types (Netezza, Teradata)
License Terms The products listed in the Packaging section above may be installed and operated on server(s) to support the number
of Data Stores licensed. The product includes the specific data types listed in the PowerCenter Standard Edition
packaging, which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated Test Data Generator application
processes and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose. The products listed in the Packaging section
above are offered as a single product bundle. All other terms and conditions associated with each individual product
as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply provided, however, that if there is any
inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description, those set forth in this
description shall control.

Additional copies of the Test Data Generator license may be installed to support the corresponding Production
Environment of Test Data Generator for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes related to
the deployment of the Test Data Generator Instance (“Non-production Instance”). Each Data Store that contains a
source used to generate data or stores generated data must be licensed separately.

Note: Use of XML capabilities limited by the XML capabilities supported by PowerCenter Standard Edition (either
directly integrated or installed separately). Any additional support to unstructured and semi-structured data requires
the licensing of Informatica Data Transformation or any product offering with Informatica Data Transformation included
in the packaging

Test Data Warehouse

Packaging Test Data Warehouse enables the Customer to store test datasets for projects and teams and allows customers to
reset their data on the test environments.

A Test Data Warehouse license includes:

• Informatica Test Data Warehouse Engine (includes applicable interfaces)

• TDW Server and TDW Repository
License Terms Test Data Warehouse requires Persistent Data Masking or Test Data Generator.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 108
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

An Test Data Warehouse license entitles Customer to use Test Data Warehouse within a single production
Environment provided such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number
of datastore licenses purchased by Customer for such Production Environment.

Additional copies of the Test Data Generator License may be installed to support the corresponding Production
Environment of Test Data Generation for development, testing, quality assurance and/or recovery purposes related
to the deployment of the Test Data Generation Instance (“Non-production Instance”). Each Data Store that is used to
source data in Test Data Warehouse or uses Test Data Warehouse to get test data must be licensed.

INFORMATICA DATA PRIVACY MANAGEMENT

Data Privacy Management Data Stores

Packaging Data Privacy Management Data Stores provides data security intelligence that identifies the location, risks, access
and use of sensitive data.

Data Privacy Management Data Stores License includes:

• Informatica Data Privacy Management Engine

• Data Quality Standard Edition (restricted use)
• Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package (restricted use)
• Data Quality Accelerator for Profiling Data Domain (restricted use)
License A Data Privacy Management Data Stores license entitles Customer to deploy Data Privacy Management Data Stores
Terms to support Data Stores specified on the order document. Each Data Store licensed has a unique connection to Data
Privacy Management. Data Privacy Management Data Store is licensed based on the total number of Data Stores
from which data is sourced.

An Oracle Data Store is licensed based on the total number of Oracle database System IDs (“SIDs”). For each
relational database type from which data is sourced, Customer must license a separate server Instance or SID, as
applicable. Each unique Data Store connection within Data Privacy Management is counted as a licensed Data Store.
For Hadoop data types, node count is used to determine the number of licensed data stores. For unstructured data,
each file share mount is counted.

If Customer chooses not to renew the subscription, Customer must notify Informatica in writing at least thirty (30) days
prior to the end of the current subscription period, and Customer must cease use of the subscription and destroy all
copies made thereof in whole or in part as of the last day of such subscription period.

Upon request, Customer shall certify to Informatica that it has done so. This license includes restricted Data Quality
Standard Edition, Advanced Profiling and Discovery Package, and Data Quality Accelerator for Profiling Data Domain
installations which may be used by Customer solely in conjunction with the associated Data Privacy Management
Data Stores application processes, and shall not be used by Customer for any other purpose.

Data Privacy Management Data Stores License may be installed solely for use in a Non-production mode to support
the corresponding Production Environment of Data Privacy Management Data Stores for development, testing or
recovery purposes; however, each of the total number of unique Data Stores are subject to licensing. Each unique
Data Store connection within Data Privacy Management is counted as a licensed Data Store.

Data Privacy Management Protect

Packaging Data Privacy Management Protect provides data at rest protection by encryption of stored data and providing
decryption based on conditions determined by Customer, such as user identity.

Data Privacy Management Protect includes:

• Informatica Data Privacy Management Protection Engine

• Data Engineering Integration (restricted use)

License Terms An Data Privacy Management Protect license entitles Customer to deploy the product for Data Stores specified on
the order document and is licensed based on the total number of Data Stores from which data is sourced. For
Hadoop data types, node count is used to determine the number of licensed data stores.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 109
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
If Customer chooses not to renew the subscription, Customer must notify Informatica in writing at least thirty (30)
days prior to the end of the current subscription period, and Customer must cease use of the subscription and
destroy all copies made thereof in whole or in part as of the last day of such subscription period. Upon request,
Customer shall certify to Informatica that it has done so.

The product includes restricted use of Data Engineering Integration, which may be used by Customer solely in
conjunction with the associated Data Privacy Management Protect application processes and shall not be used by
Customer for any other purpose.

Data Privacy Management Protect License may be installed solely for use in a Non-production mode to support the
corresponding Production Environment of Data Privacy Management Protect for development, testing or recovery
purposes; however, each of the total number of unique Data Stores are subject to licensing. Each unique Data Store
connection within Data Privacy Management Protect is counted as a licensed Data Store.

ULTRA MESSAGING

Ultra Messaging Standard Edition

Packaging Ultra Messaging is a high-performance application-to-application publish/subscribe streaming messaging system.

Ultra Messaging Standard Edition includes:

• Ultra Messaging Streaming Edition (UMS)

• Ultra Messaging Desktop Services Option (UMDS)
• Ultra Messaging Dynamic Routing Option (DRO)
• Ultra Messaging System Monitoring Option (UMSM)
• Ultra Messaging SNMP Monitoring Option

The Streaming Edition provides a best-effort quality of service for message delivery while publishers and subscribers
are active. The Desktop Services Option provides a subset of Ultra Messaging functionality for applications that
require TCP delivery or a combination of isolation from and access to applications using Ultra Messaging Streaming
Edition. The Dynamic Routing Option provides bridging, routing, forwarding and protocol transformation to enable
scalable and resilient communication between UMS and UMP applications across LAN and WAN environments. The
System Monitoring Option provides centralized monitoring of systems using Ultra Messaging. The SNMP Monitoring
Option provides SNMP-based access to Ultra Messaging operational statistics.
License Terms For Production, Customer must purchase a license for each Server (physical network-connected device) on which
any combination of the bundled products is used, except that Customer is entitled to unlimited use of the Software
on personal computers (desktops), PDAs, smart phones and other human-interactive devices and does not need to
purchase separate licenses for such devices.

Production is any system that is operating on current business data and/or performing or supporting business
transactions. Production includes warm-hot, hot-standby and active-active applications but does not include cold-
standby (backup applications that are not active at the same time as their primaries).

For non-Production, Customer is entitled to unlimited use of the Software, inclusive of development, testing and
business continuity/disaster recovery (except as noted above).

For virtualized or Cloud deployments, each Operating System instance (i.e., Virtual Machine) counts as a Server.
For containerized (e.g., Docker/Kubernetes) deployments, each Server where containers that utilize the Software
are running is counted for licensing.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 110
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Ultra Messaging Advanced Edition
Packaging Ultra Messaging is a high-performance application-to-application publish/subscribe streaming messaging system.

Ultra Messaging Advanced Edition includes:

• Ultra Messaging Streaming Edition (UMS)

• Ultra Messaging Persistence Edition (UMP)
• Ultra Messaging Queuing Edition (UMQ)
• Ultra Messaging Desktop Services Option (UMDS)
• Ultra Messaging Dynamic Routing Option (DRO)
• Ultra Messaging System Monitoring Option (UMSM)
• Ultra Messaging SNMP Monitoring Option

The Streaming Edition provides a best-effort quality of service for message delivery while publishers and subscribers
are active. The Persistence Edition provides durable subscriptions that persist across application restarts. The
Queuing Edition provides load balancing and queuing semantics. The Desktop Services Option provides a subset of
Ultra Messaging functionality for applications that require TCP delivery or a combination of isolation from and access
to applications using Ultra Messaging Streaming Edition. The Dynamic Routing Option provides bridging, routing,
forwarding and protocol transformation to enable scalable and resilient communication between UMS and UMP
applications across LAN and WAN environments. The System Monitoring Option provides centralized monitoring of
systems using Ultra Messaging. The SNMP Monitoring Option provides SNMP-based access to Ultra Messaging
operational statistics.
License Terms For Production, Customer must purchase a license for each Server (physical network-connected device) on which
any combination of the bundled products is used, except that Customer is entitled to unlimited use of the Software
on personal computers (desktops), PDAs, smart phones and other human-interactive devices and does not need to
purchase separate licenses for such devices.

Production is any system that is operating on current business data and/or performing or supporting business
transactions. Production includes warm-hot, hot-standby and active-active applications but does not include cold-
standby (backup applications that are not active at the same time as their primaries).

For non-Production, Customer is entitled to unlimited use of the Software, inclusive of development, testing and
business continuity/disaster recovery (except as noted above).

For virtualized or Cloud deployments, each Operating System instance (i.e., Virtual Machine) counts as a Server.
For containerized (e.g., Docker/Kubernetes) deployments, each Server where containers that utilize the Software
are running is counted for licensing.

PROMOTIONS– ON PREMISE SOLUTION PACKAGES

Banking and Credit Starter Package

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement. Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license
terms and definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of
licensing, provided, however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set
forth in this description, those set forth in this description shall control.

Banking and Credit Starter Package is available only to customers with annual revenue less than or equal to USD $1
Billion.
Packaging Banking and Credit Starter Package includes:

• PowerCenter Advanced Edition (4 Production CPU-Cores)

• PowerCenter Advanced Edition (4 Non-Production CPU-Cores)
• Data Transformation (4 Production CPU-cores)
• Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition (4 Production CPU-Cores)
• Informatica Data Quality Standard Edition (4 Non-Production CPU-Cores)
• One (1) Unlimited Informatica PowerExchange for Database Types (Per Environment)
• Identity Match Option (4 Production CPU-cores)
• One (1) Identity Resolution Country Population (selected at time of transaction) *
• One (1) IDQ Accelerator for US and Canada

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 111
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

*Additional Identity Resolution Populations are subject to additional license fees.

Note: Additional capacity may be licensed as needed for an additional fee.

License Terms Banking and Credit Starter Package is limited to a single Instance and shall be used solely in combination with and to
support the software components listed above. Additional Instances of the Banking and Credit Starter Package
software require additional licensing.

All other license terms and conditions applicable to the PowerCenter, Data Transformation, Data Quality, Identity
Match Option, Identity Resolution Country Population, IDQ Accelerator for US and Canada, and Informatica
PowerExchange for Database Types licenses as described in this Product Description Schedule continue to apply.

Note: Eligibility for this promotion shall be determined by Informatica in its sole discretion.

Data Governance for Privacy

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing,
provided, however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this
description, those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging The Data Governance for Privacy includes the functionality for discovering, governing and protecting personal and
sensitive data.

Data Governance for Privacy includes:

• Ten (10) Axon Named Users

• Ten (10) Enterprise Data Catalog Metadata Resources
• Ten (10) Data Privacy Management Data Stores
• Twenty (20) Persistent Data Masking Data Stores
• Three (3) Dynamic Data Masking Data Stores
License Terms Data Governance for Privacy is licensed on a subscription basis.

A Data Governance for Privacy license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software within any number of
Environments (Production or Non-production) provided such use, including all components of such Software, does
not exceed the total number of Named Users, Metadata Resources and Data Stores purchased.

Note: If Customer have separately licensed Enterprise Data Catalog than there is no user restriction on the ten (10)
Enterprise Data Catalog Metadata Resources included in Data Governance for Privacy.

Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing,
provided, however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this
description, those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging The Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion includes the functionality for mass ingestion, streaming ingestion, stream
and multi-latency processing, and changed data capture (CDC).

Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion includes:

• Mass & streaming ingestion

o Ingest data from streaming sources onto message hubs or Big Data systems (restricted to
1TB data volume per month)
o File movement between on-premise and cloud data stores to support data lake initiatives.
• Stream and multi-latency processing including batch ETL

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 112
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
o Five (5) Informatica Developer User Interface
o Continuous processing of data leveraging Spark Streaming libraries
o Real-time capture and processing of streaming data from messaging sources
o Pre-packaged, streaming-specific transformation as well as the ability to leverage data
integration transformations in streaming mode
o Generate streaming compatible mapplets using basic rule definitions
o One hundred (100) Informatica Data Analyst Named Users
o Profiling (Column, Rule) (restricted to data to be processed or already has been processed in
a Compute Cluster
o Mappings are pushed down to a Spark cluster for execution
o Enrichment of data via look-ups from relational or Big Data sources (Hive, HBase)
o Multi-latency processing for data integration transformations
o Administration and monitoring via Admin Console
o High availability and scalability
o Informatica DI Server Add-On eight (8) CPU-cores per environment
• Changed Data Capture (CDC)
o Publishing of PowerExchange CDC remote logged data directly to a (e.g. Apache Kafka)
distributed streaming platform (one (1) target)
o CDC access to relational data stored in databases in CDC mode (two (2) data stores).
Change Data Capture (CDC) provides change-only data in either batch or real-time mode
since a previous point in time (e.g., last extract, query, or midnight yesterday).
• Connectivity
o Unlimited Tier A End Points
o Three (3) Tier B End Points
o Eight (8) Tier C End Points
o Three (3) Tier D End Points
o PowerExchange for Cloud and Big Data Applications (restricted to using PowerCenter for
connecting to Apache Kafka)
• Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services (IICS) Integration Base (restricted)
• Informatica Cloud Organization
• One (1) Secure Agent
• License includes one sandbox instance that can be used with PowerCenter or other compatible
Informatica software dev and/or test environment. All IICS capabilities described above are also
available in sandbox instance
License Terms Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion is licensed on a subscription basis.

An Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software within any
number of Environments (Production or Non-production) provided such use, including all components of such
Software, does not exceed the purchased capacity (e.g. total number of Named Users, Data Targets, Data Sources,
and Connectivity End Points purchased).

Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion is a hybrid offering that includes both cloud-based and on-premise components
offered on a subscription basis.

IICS Mass Ingestion and Integration Base are licensed on a per Organization (or per Sub-Organization) basis.

IICS Integration Base is restricted to use in support only of Mass Ingestion.

Tier A, Tier B, Tier C, and Tier D Connectors are identified in the Connector PAM located at
https://network.informatica.com/docs/DOC-16739.

Customer is limited to quantity of Connectors as specified in Packaging above. Connectors are licensed per End
Point.

Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion requires purchase of Premium Success.

Secure Agent may be installed and operated on server(s) or verifiable partition(s) with up to four (4) CPU-cores.

Includes one (1) Informatica Intelligent Cloud Services (IICS) sandbox. Additional sandboxes supporting hosted
deployments can be purchased separately.

The CDC Production product licenses includes Non- production.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 113
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion Named Users

Packaging Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion Named Users permits Customer to perform mass ingestion, streaming ingestion,
stream and multi-latency processing, and changed data capture (CDC).

Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion Named Users includes:

• One (1) Informatica Developer Named User for use with the Informatica Enterprise Streaming and
Ingestion software
License Terms Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion Named Users requires a license for Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion.

Each Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion Named Users license allows one (1) additional unique Named User to
deploy and operate such Software within any number of Environments (Production or Non-production) provided
such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed the total number of Enterprise Streaming
and Ingestion Named Users licenses purchased by Customer.

Note: A Developer Named User includes any individual designated with Access Developer privilege in the
Informatica Enterprise Streaming and Ingestion software.

Enterprise Data Preparation Foundation

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing,
provided, however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this
description, those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging The Enterprise Data Preparation Foundation includes the functionality for self-service data preparation with
governance in a supported data lake.

Enterprise Data Preparation Foundation includes:

• Ten (10) Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users

• Semantic Search with Dynamic Facets
• Collaborative preparation of data
• Publishing of new assets to the data lake
• Guided data preparation
• Project collaboration
• Data asset recommendations
• Wizard-based data uploads
• PowerExchange for Tableau
• One (1) Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User
• One (1) Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User
• Ten (10) Enterprise Data Catalog Metadata Resources (restricted to Enterprise Data Preparation Named
Users)
• One (1) Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User
• Three (3) Informatica Dynamic Data Masking Data Sources (restricted to relational databases and Hive)
License Terms Enterprise Data Preparation Foundation is licensed on a subscription basis.

An Enterprise Data Preparation Foundation license entitles Customer to deploy and operate such Software within
any number of Environments (Production or Non-production) provided such use, including all components of such
Software, does not exceed the total number of Named Users, Metadata Resources and Data Sources purchased.

The Data Engineering Integration Developer Named User, Data Engineering Quality Developer Named User and
Data Engineering Dynamic Masking Developer Named User are in addition to the ten (10) Enterprise Data
Preparation Named Users.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 114
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
Note: If Customer has separately licensed Enterprise Data Catalog than there is no Named User restriction.
Additional Enterprise Data Preparation Named Users are permitted access to the Enterprise Data Catalog.

PROMOTIONS – GENERAL

B2B DX BAM Premium Option

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing, provided,
however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description,
those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging B2B DX BAM (Business Activity Monitoring) Premium Option includes B2B DX operational data store (ODS) and
dashboard with out-of-the-box system defined KPIs and charts providing a consolidated personalized view of the
partner gateway business and data activities.

• The option includes a Logi-Analytics studio to enable dashboard customization and chart development.
License Terms B2B DX BAM Premium Option may be licensed in support of and in conjunction with B2B Data Exchange and Data
Integration Hub on a per Environment and per CPU-core basis.

Each B2B DX BAM Option license shall be restricted to use with no more than one (1) B2B Data Exchange
Production Environment.

The total number of Environments and CPU-cores licensed for B2B DX BAM Option must be equal to the
corresponding number of B2B Data Exchange or Data Integration Hub Production Environments and CPU-cores. In
addition, this option can only be used on data processed by B2B Data Exchange or Data Integration Hub in support
of and in conjunction with the associated B2B Data Exchange or Data Integration Hub implementation whether or not
it is feasible for it to be utilized or installed separately.

DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Medium

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing, provided,
however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description,
those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Medium is a contact data verification solution used to ensure high quality
data by validating the accuracy of your contact data.

DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Medium subscription includes:

• Informatica Address Verification Cloud Batch Web Services (500000 Transactions)

• Email Verification with Hygiene Option (500000 Hits)
• Global Phone Number Validation (500000 Hits)
License Terms DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Medium can only be used in conjunction with MDM or other licensed
compatible Informatica Software.

For purposes of licensing this product, the terms Transactions and Hits are used interchangeably. Transactions
and/or Hits cannot be shared or transferred across included components.

All other license terms and conditions applicable to the licenses as described in this Product Description Schedule
continue to apply.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 115
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Large
Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing, provided,
however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description,
those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Large is a contact data verification solution used to ensure high quality
data by validating the accuracy of your contact data.

DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Large subscription includes:

• Informatica Address Verification Cloud Batch WS (1000000 Trans)

• Email Verification with Hygiene Option (1000000 Hits)
• Global Phone Number Validation (1000000 Hits)
License Terms DaaS Contact Verification Bundle for MDM – Large can only be used in conjunction with MDM
or other licensed compatible Informatica Software.
For purposes of licensing this product, the terms Transactions and Hits are used interchangeably. Transactions
and/or Hits cannot be shared or transferred across included components.

All other license terms and conditions applicable to the licenses as described in this Product Description Schedule
continue to apply.

Informatica World Full Conference Pass

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing, provided,
however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description,
those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging For each Informatica World Full Conference Pass:

• One Full Conference Pass for Informatica World

License Terms For the quantity specified on the transaction for the Informatica World Full Conference Pass, customer is entitled to
register customer employees to attend the next available Informatica World with full conference access. Customer is
responsible to register each attendee through Informatica’s registration process prior to the event.

Each pass is limited one (1) Informatica World conference, and does not grant the registrant access to additional
events once the pass is consumed.

The Informatica World Full Conference Pass is a non-refundable transaction and expires if the customer’s attendee
does not attend the next available event, or if the customer fails to register attendees prior to the next available event.

Legacy License Conversion

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing, provided,
however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description,
those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging For a Customer with certain eligible Informatica Software (see License Terms below), the Legacy License Conversion
Promotion enables the Customer to upgrade such Software to:

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 116
 Informatica Product Description Schedule
• The license structure and terms in effect at the time the Legacy License Conversion order is placed, as set
forth in the applicable Product Description Schedule.

The promotion is applied to the CPU or CPU-core quantity associated with the pre-existing license configuration, with
CPU-based licenses being converted to CPU-core based licenses on a one to one basis, as applicable.

Note: Additional fees shall apply if there are other changes to the Software configuration.
License Terms Other than the right to deploy the applicable Software based on the license structure and terms in effect at the time
the Legacy License Conversion order is placed, no additional Software product licenses or other rights are granted
with this promotion.

Following Customer’s purchase of the Legacy License Conversion, the license terms and conditions associated with
each converted product as described in this Product Description Schedule shall apply.

Products eligible for this promotion include:

• PowerCenter (all versions)

• Informatica Data Quality
• Data Transformation
• B2B Data Exchange
• Informatica Identity Resolution
• SSA-Name 3

Note: Eligibility for this promotion shall be determined by Informatica in its sole discretion.

Multi-Product Lab License

Supplemental Informatica promotional offerings are offered for a limited time and are subject to change without notice. Each
Promotion promotional offering is subject to the terms and packaging requirements set forth in the applicable Promotion
Terms Supplement.

Promotions which are a bundle of individual products are also subject to the packaging outline, license terms and
definitions for each such product based on the Product Description Schedule in effect at the time of licensing, provided,
however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth in this description,
those set forth in this description shall control.
Packaging Multi-Product Lab License includes a Lab License to one or more of the qualifying products (see License Terms below)
that are deployed in the corresponding single Production Environment. The Multi-Product Lab License shall be used
solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes only in a Lab Environment.

For each qualifying product Lab License, the packaging outline, license terms and definitions for such Lab License
apply, provided, however, that if there is any inconsistency between such individual product terms and those set forth
in this description, those set forth in this description shall control.
License Terms The purchase of a Multi-Product Lab License entitles Customer to deploy each qualifying product within one (1) or
more individual Lab Environments provided (i) such use, including all components of such Software, does not exceed
the total number of Lab CPU-cores licensed by Customer for the Multi-Product Lab License; and (ii) such rights extend
only to the Software products that Customer has deployed in the corresponding Production Environment(s). The
licensed capacity is used to deploy Lab Environment(s) that are in support of one (1) or more Production Environments
that contain the qualifying products. Each Lab Environment is limited to support no more than one (1) Production
Environment. Customer may adjust the capacity of Lab Environments without notice to Informatica so long as the
total number of Lab CPU-cores deployed does not exceed the total aggregate number of Lab CPU-cores licensed. A
Lab License shall be used solely for development, testing and/or quality assurance purposes, and shall not be used
in a Production Environment. Lab Licenses shall not be used to develop OEM applications. It is recommended that
Customer purchase separate Lab Licenses for multiple lab stages (i.e., development, test and quality assurance).
Informatica shall be under no obligation to provide Support Services for Lab License configurations that combine
multiple lab stages in a single installation.

For the avoidance of doubt, any additional qualifying products that are deployed in the corresponding single
Production Environment subsequent to Customer’s original purchase of the Multi-Product Lab License are included
in the Multi-Product Lab License.

Qualifying products include: AddressDoctor Software Library, PowerCenter (all Editions), Informatica Data Quality
(all Editions), Data Quality SDK, Data Transformation, B2B Data Exchange, Data Integration Hub, Identity Resolution,
Name3 (Server based), RulePoint, Real-Time Alert Manager, Data Services and DI Server Add-On.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 117
 Informatica Product Description Schedule

Note: Any development or testing of Mappings or processing workflows for Hadoop can be deployed only on licensed
Hadoop Nodes.

INFORMATICA SUCCESS SERVICES

Premium Success
Packaging Tailored for business critical deployments, Premium Success provides 24x7 access to Informatica support staff
globally for Priority 1 issues.

Premium Success includes:

• Global 24x7 Support: Customer may contact a member of Informatica Global Customer Support (GCS) to
discuss technical Priority 1 issues at any time of day. Calls will be routed to the support engineer best
qualified to help with the problem based on the time of day.
• Online Escalation: Customer may escalate an open service request to Informatica GCS management by
selecting the escalate “button” available on our support portal.
• Continued Response SLA: Customer is provided with timely update to their issues.
• Online management of Customer cases through the Informatica support portal.
• Live Chat: Real Time, online chat session with a member of the Informatica Support Team for how-to
questions or support issues. Live Chat is available for Cloud Customers from 9:00am to 5:30pm in the US,
EMEA and Asia Pacific.
• Access to Informatica DiscoveryIQ (Cloud customers).
• Success Services: Exclusive services designed to drive adoption such as Success Academy access,
adoption services and customer success engagements.
License Terms Premium Success is offered on a subscription basis.

There is an annual contract value minimum required to purchase Premium Success. Please contact your Informatica
Account Manager for details.

Business Critical Success Plan

Packaging Business Critical Success Plan is an add-on premium service offering designed for customers who are expecting
solutions that address ever evolving business problems, insisting on faster realization of value that maximize return
on Informatica investments.

Business Critical Success Plan includes:

• Sunset Version Support for twelve (12) months

• Accelerated response times (Priority 1 – fifteen (15) to thirty (30) minutes, Priority 2 – one (1) to two (2)
hours based on current service level
• Direct access to Subject Matter Experts (“SME”) for Priority 1 cases
• On demand live assistance for Priority 1 and Priority 2 cases
• Assigned success Architect to track key milestones and key activities
• Project Success Bundle (set of services supporting the product life cycle delivered by assigned success
architects)
License Terms Business Critical Success Plan is available for customers who need to extend support for an EOL product offer or for
customers who need a higher level of service in addition to their current service level(s). Business Critical Success
Plan is a renewable add-on option.

INFORMATICA LLC
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
VERSION 33 - EFFECTIVE FEBRUARY 7, 2020 PAGE 118